You are on page 1of 158

Product Reference Manual

www.atlassteels.com.au
Contents
SECTION

1 Introduction – Stainless Steels and Special Metals

2 Stainless Steel Sheet, Coil and Plate

3 Ferritic Stainless Steels Sheet, Coil and Plate

4 Stainless Steel Pipe, Fittings and Flanges

5 Stainless Steel Tube and Fittings

6 Carbon Steel Pipe, Fittings, Flanges and Tube

7 Stainless Steel Bar (Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)

8 Engineering Steel Bar

9 Aluminium Sheet, Coil, Plate and Treadplate

10 Quenched and Tempered Low Alloy Steel Plate

11 Product Support Services

12 Appendices

www.atlasste els.com.au
Introduction – stainless
steels and special metals

1 Introduction – stainless
steels and special metals
*

Photography courtesy of Tieman, Stoddart, Outokumpu, Macweld and *Corbis (copyright).


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION

Introduction
Welcome to Atlas Steels, the leading stockist and distributor of stainless steels
and special metals for Australia and New Zealand.

This Reference Manual provides information on the range and grades of 1


stainless and special metals we distribute. It also contains general technical S1

information that may be of interest to users and outlines the processing


facilities and services provided to our customers.

Atlas Steels The Company

In 1918 Atlas Steels began the manufacturing of tool steels in Canada and by 1938 was
the major producer of tool and specialty steels in the country. In the years since 1918
many of the businesses that Atlas started world wide have been absorbed into other
companies and today the only one still remaining and maintaining the Atlas name in the
specialty metals industry is the Australasian offshoot, which evolved from the Canadian
parent when they established operations in Australia in 1939.

In many respects the Atlas of today with operations in Australia and New Zealand,
remains true to the vision of its forefathers and still retains its focus and strength in
specialty metals but with a larger products base in stainless steels, alloy steels, aluminium
and carbon steels in specialised applications.

The Atlas of today is a fully Australian owned private company, with a distribution
warehousing and metals processing network that encompasses 19 major cities and
towns across Australia and New Zealand.

For more information about Atlas, please visit our website at www.atlassteels.com.au

Conducting business with Atlas Steels

Atlas, over many years of participation in the specialty metals industry, has built a level
of knowledge and expertise that has helped to build the company to be the largest in its
market and offer superior customer service. We do this by providing:

• a comprehensive range of specialty metal products;

• locations in all States of Australia and New Zealand;

• personnel who can readily understand the specific needs of product users;

• nationally integrated, computer-based stocking and inventory control systems;

• extensive global product sourcing network from reputable mills;

• warehouse facilities, systems and procedures that cater to the needs of processing and
handling specialty metals;

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION

• a company-wide quality system accredited to ISO9001;

• trained technical support personnel;

• project services dedicated to supplying products to major resource and infrastructure


projects in any region of the world.

There is limited production of specialty metals in Australia and New Zealand, with
the majority being imported from overseas mills. Because of this it is most important
2 that users have a high level of confidence in the product and services supplied by
S1 specialty metals stockists/distributors.

Atlas has, through years of participation in the industry, established a network of


2 reputable mill suppliers to service its customers. These mills have been chosen following
S2 a rigorous selection process based on Atlas criteria of mill adherence to strict product
quality standards, history of reliable supply and support for product in the field.

Atlas supports its customers and suppliers with experienced technical personnel and
sales personnel trained extensively to understand the product qualities and applications
associated with specialty metals.

Terms and conditions of sale

Refer to www.atlassteels.com.au

Limitation of liability

The information contained in this handbook is not intended to be an exhaustive


statement of all relevant data applicable to special and general metal products. It has
been designed as a guide for customers to the products and services Atlas Steels can
offer. No responsibility is implied or accepted for or in conjunction with quality or
standard of any product or its suitability for any purpose or use.

It is the responsibility of the user to ensure product specified is fit for the purpose
intended.

All conditions, warranties, obligations and liabilities of any kind which are or may be
implied or imposed to the contrary by any statute, rule or regulation or under the
general law and whether arising from the negligence of the company, its servants
or otherwise are hereby excluded except to the extent that the company may be
prevented by any statute, rule or regulation from doing so.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION – STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

The grades and properties of


stainless steel
Introduction

The group of alloys which today make up the family of stainless steels had their
beginnings in 1913 in Sheffield, England. Harry Brearley was testing a number of alloys 3
for possible gun barrel steels and observed that samples cut from one of these trial S1

heats did not rust. Upon investigation it was shown to contain 13% chromium and
this discovery lead to the development of stainless for use in cutlery, for which Sheffield
became famous. Coincidentally, at about the same time, development work was also
being carried out in France and Germany, which resulted in the production of the first
austenitic stainless steel.

The families of stainless steel

Stainless steels are iron-based alloys containing a minimum of about 10.5% chromium.
The chromium forms a protective self-healing oxide film, which is the reason why this
group of steels has its characteristic ‘stainlessness’ or corrosion resistance. The ability
of the oxide layer to heal itself means that the steel is corrosion-resistant, no matter
how much of the surface is removed.

Although all stainless steels depend on the presence of chromium, other alloying
elements are often added to enhance their properties. The categorisation of stainless
steels is unusual amongst metals in that it is based upon the nature of their metallurgical
structure. Depending on the exact chemical composition of the steel the microstructure
may be made up of the stable phases of austenite or ferrite, a ‘duplex’ mix of these two,
the phase martensite created when some steels are rapidly quenched from a high
temperature, or a structure hardened by precipitated micro-constituents.

The broader group of stainless steels can be viewed by comparison to the more familiar
plain carbon ‘mild’ steels as having the following general characteristics:

• higher work hardening rate;

• higher ductility;

• higher strength and hardness;

• higher hot strength;

• higher corrosion resistance;

• higher cryogenic toughness; and

• lower magnetic response (for austenitic only).

These properties apply particularly to the austenitic grades and to varying degrees to
other grades.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION – STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Austenitic stainless steels


This group contains at least 16% chromium and 6% nickel (the basic grade 304 is
referred to as 18/8) and range through to the high alloys or ‘super austenitics’ such as
904L and 6% molybdenum grades.

Additional elements can be added such as molybdenum, titanium or copper, to modify


or improve stainless properties, and making them suitable for many critical applications
involving high temperature as well as corrosion resistance. This group of stainless steels
4
is also suitable for cryogenic applications because the effect of the nickel content in
S1
making the steel austenitic avoids the problems of brittleness at low temperatures,
which is a characteristic of other types of steel.

The characteristics of the austenitic stainless steels are:

• good corrosion resistance;

• weldable using standard methods and equipment;

• excellent ductility;

• stable austenite structure at all temperatures;

• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;

• harden rapidly when cold worked;

• good strength and scaling resistance at high temperatures;

• excellent cryogenic properties; and

• non-magnetic when annealed.

Ferritic stainless steels


These are plain chromium (10.5 to 30%) grades such as grade 430 and 409. Their
moderate corrosion resistance is improved in the higher alloyed grades (such as 444) and
poor fabrication properties improved in the proprietary grade AtlasCR12.

The characteristics of the ferritic grades are:

• good resistance to corrosion, but generally not as good as the austenitics;

• not as readily welded as austenitics;

• good ductility;

• cannot be hardened by heat treatment;

• can only be moderately hardened by cold work;

• fully magnetic;

• not suitable for use at very low temperatures;

• stable ferrite structure at all temperatures; and

• immune from chloride stress corrosion cracking.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION – STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Martensitic stainless steels

Martensitic stainless steels are also based on the addition of chromium as the major
alloying element but with a higher carbon and generally lower chromium content than
the ferritic type, e.g. 12% in grades 410 and 416. Grade 431 has a chromium content
of about 16% but its microstructure is still martensite despite the chromium level due
to the addition of 2% nickel in the composition. The martensitic grades are used in the
hardened condition for high strength applications (eg pump shafts) and high hardness
applications (eg knife blades). 5
S1
The characteristics of martensitic stainless steels are:

• hardenable by heat treatment (quenching and tempering);

• magnetic; and

• have moderate corrosion resistance.

Precipitation hardening stainless steels

These are chromium and nickel containing steels, which can develop very high tensile
strengths. The most common grade in this group is ‘17-4PH’, also known as grade 630, with
the composition of 17% chromium, 4% nickel, 4% copper and 0.3% niobium. The major
advantage of these steels is that they can be supplied in the solution-treated condition, which
is machinable. Following machining, forming, etc. the steel can be hardened by a single, fairly
low temperature ‘aging’ heat treatment which does not cause distortion to the component.
The most common applications are shafts and spindles.

The characteristics of the precipitation hardening steels are:

• hardenable by heat treatment (solution treatment and ageing);

• magnetic; and

• have moderate corrosion resistance.

Duplex stainless steels

Duplex stainless steels such as 2205 (designation indicates 22% chromium and 5%
nickel but also contains 3% molybdenum and 0.15% nitrogen) have microstructures
comprising a mixture of austenite and ferrite.

Duplex austenitic-ferritic steels combine some of the characteristics of each class.

• Resistant to stress corrosion cracking, albeit not quite as resistant as ferritic grades.

• Toughness is superior to ferritics but inferior to that of austenitics.

• Strength is greater than that of the annealed austenitic steels by a factor of two.

• Corrosion resistance is high for most grades.

• They do suffer from reduced toughness below -50ºC and after exposure above
300ºC, so are only used between these temperatures.

• Highly resistant to choloride stress corrosion cracking.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION – STAINLESS STEELS AND SPECIAL METALS

Standard classifications

There are many different grades of stainless steel and the American Iron and Steel
Institute (AISI) in the past designated some as standard compositions, resulting in the
commonly used three-digit numbering system, e.g. 304, 316, etc. This role has now
been taken over by the SAE and ASTM who allocate UNS numbers to new grades.
The full range of these standard stainless steel grades is contained in the Iron and Steel
Society (ISS) Steel Products Manual for Stainless Steels and in the SAE/ASTM handbook
6 of Unified Numbering Systems.
S1
Although the majority of stainless steel products sold in Australia and New Zealand
are supplied to American ASTM specifications, we see some references to European
“Euronorms”. These use different grade designations, both numbers and names.

ASTM Grade 304 304L 316 316L 430 2205

UNS No. S30400 S30403 S31600 S31603 S43000 S32205

EN No. 1.4301 1.4306 1.4401 1.4404 1.4016 1.4462

EN Name X5CrNi18010 X2CrNi19-11 X5CrNiMo17-12-2 X2CrNiMo17-12-2 X6Cr17 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

Certain other grades do not have standard numbers but instead are covered by other
national and international specifications for specialised products.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


Stainless Steel Sheet,
Coil and Plate

2
Stainless Steel Sheet,
Coil and Plate

Photography courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), Outokumpu and JMA Engineering.
www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Stainless steel sheet,


coil, strip and plate
Specification
ASTM A240M. Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for
pressure vessels and for general applications.

ASTM 480M. General requirements for flat rolled stainless and heat-resisting steel plate,
sheet and strip.

Production
Stainless steel coil and plate consumed by the Australian and New Zealand market is
supplied from mills throughout the world in hot rolled and cold rolled conditions.

Product Production process Description Abbreviation 1


Hot rolled Hot rolled, annealed Condition and finish preferred for corrosion- No.1 or HRAP S2
and pickled. resisting and heat-resisting applications.
Typically available in thickness 5mm and above.
Cold rolled Hot rolled, annealed, Smooth finish achieved by cold rolling, then 2B
descaled, cold rolled, annealing and pickling, followed by skin pass
annealed, pickled, rolling. Typically available in thickness up
final skin pass rolled. to 8mm.

Stainless steel flat products from coil

The internationally recognised crossover thickness between what is referred to as sheet


and plate is 5.0mm. This is specified in ASTM A480M.

Therefore, sheet is thickness less than 5.0mm and plate is 5.0mm and over.

It is common practice for large stainless steel coils to be brought into Australia and
processed by a specialty metals service centre into smaller coils, sheet, strip and plate.
Product over 12mm is brought into Australia as plate only.

The range of stock of stainless steel flat products produced from large coil is limited to
mill production constraints in thickness, width and grade and the processing equipment
at the coil service centre.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Flat products processing line

Polisher to cut to length line

Jumbo coil
to coil/narrow strip line
Sheets

Cut to length line


1 tonne coil

Decoil and slit

2
S2 Narrow strips

Surface finishes

The following stainless steel finishes are commonly used in the Australian and
New Zealand market.

Finish Description

2B The general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth finish obtained as a result of a final light pass through
polished rolls at the mill.
BA Bright annealed finish is a bright, cold rolled, highly reflective finish retained by final annealing
in a controlled atmosphere furnace. The finish has large application in the appliance and
automotive industry and as a decorative finish in architecture.
The brightness and reflectivity is a function of thickness and grade. Consultation is recommended
prior to specification in architectural applications. BA finish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC
coating as a surface protection.
No.4 Produced from 2B finish often by a service centre rather than the production mill.
It is a general-purpose ground polished finish used widely for kitchen equipment and applications
requiring a decorative linished finish. No.4 finish is usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.
No.8 Highly reflective ‘mirror’ finish. Produced from 2B finish by polishing with successive finer
abrasives followed by extensive buffing. Mainly used in architectural applications.
Customer-specific A service centre with polishing equipment can produce special finishes for specific applications.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

The Atlas Steels bulk coil


stocking program
Stainless steel sheet, coil and strip 0.45mm to less than 5mm thick –
ASTM A240M
From many years of experience Atlas Steels has determined the popular
range of grades, widths and thicknesses to be held in its coil program to service customer demand.

The standard range is as follows.

Coil and strip Sheet


*Length (mm)
Grade Thickness (mm) Coil width (mm) Finish Coating
Imperial Metric
304 0.45 914 2B PE 1829 1800
316 0.55 1219 No.4 2438 2400
0.70 BA 3048 3000
0.90 3658 6000
304 1.20 914 2B PE
316 1.50 1219 No.4
3
1.60 1500 BA S2
2.00
304 2.50 914 2B PE
316 3.00 1219 No.4
1500
304 1.50 2000 2B PE
316 1.60
2.00
3.00
304/304L 4.00 1500 2B PE
316/316L 2000 No.1
430 0.70 914 2B PE
0.90 1219 BA
No.4
AtlasCR12 1.20 1250 2B
AtlasCR12Ti 1.60 1500
2.00
3.00
4.00 1250 No.1
1500
AtlasF20S 0.70 1219 2B PE
0.90 No. 4
1.20
1.50
2.00
Atlas444 0.70 1219 2B PE
0.90 1500 No. 4
1.20
1.50
2.00

Other grades and widths available, but not always ex-stock.


Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Widths (mm): 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1524.
Product outside the standard range can be indented from overseas mills or stocked by special
arrangement.
*Through our processing facilities any length up to 15000mm can be produced (refer table p8/S2).

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

Stainless steel coil plate – ASTM A240M

The most efficient route for a stainless steel production mill to produce plate
(5mm and over) is in coil form. The coil is then further downstream processed
by the mill or through a service centre with equipment to flatten
(often called ‘levelling’) and cut to length.

The maximum plate width produced by mills from coil is 2000mm and the maximum
thickness is 13mm for hot rolled and 8mm for cold rolled.

Atlas, through the AMP coil service centre, has the capability to process large stainless
steel coils in thickness up to 6mm (8mm for aluminium) and in widths to 2000mm.
This enables an extensive range of cold and hot rolled coils to be held with the flexibility
to convert into small coils, sheet, strip and plate in standard and customised lengths.

Grade Thickness (mm) Coil width (mm) Finish


304/304L 5.0 1500 2B
316/316L 6.0 2000 No.1
4
S2 304/304L 8.0 1500 No.1
316/316L 10.0 2000
12.0
AtlasCR12 5.0 1250 No.1
AtlasCR12Ti 6.0 1500

Other grades available, but not always ex-stock.


Grades: 301L, 310, 321, 2205, 253MA.
Coil plate is commonly stocked in dual certified grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.

Stainless steel quarto plate products – ASTM A240M

Another method of producing stainless steel plate within and beyond the thickness
range of coil production is from a slab of steel that is rolled in the flat condition to a
specified length, width and thickness. The product of this process is commonly referred
to as quarto plate and is available from mills in thickness from 5mm and above and
widths to 4000mm in some thicknesses.

The standard grades and thickness for quarto plate are as follows:

Grades 304/304L, 316/316L, AtlasCR12, 321, 321H, 2205, 253MA


Thickness (mm) 5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0
Width (mm) 1500, 2000, 2500
Length (mm) 6000, 7500, 8000

Finish No.1

Non-standard grades, widths and lengths can be obtained to individual customer-specific


requirements.

Quarto plate is commonly stocked as a dual certified grade, i.e. 304/304L and 316/316L.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: THE ATLAS STEELS BULK COIL STOCKING PROGRAM

Stainless steel chequer (floor) plate

Grades 304
Thickness (mm) 3.18, 4.76, 6.00
Width (mm) 1219,1250 (6mm only)
Length (mm) 2438, 3048, 2500 (6mm only)

Plasma cut processing for plate


Atlas Steels warehouses have modern plasma equipment for the precision profiling of
plate shapes.

Processing thickness range is from 3mm to 65mm. Maximum width is 3000mm and
length is 12000mm.

Plasma equipment is supported by modern CAD/CAM control and production programming


facilities.

The Atlas warehouse in Kalgoorlie has modern oxy profile equipment for the precision 5
profiling of steel plate shapes. S2

Please contact your sales representative for individual State processing capabilities and
service parameters.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Processing of stainless steel


sheet, coil, strip and plate
Atlas Steels holds an extensive stock of bulk coils at its coil service centre,
Atlas Metal Processors (AMP), located at Warragamba, NSW and offers a service
to provide stainless steel sheet, coil and strip in a range of combinations of thickness,
length, width and finish.

The following presents a guide to the capabilities of this service centre.

The service centre


The AMP service centre is a 6500 square metre warehouse with modern processing
equipment to convert large coils of stainless and aluminium into:
• small coils;
• sheet and plate;
6 • slit strip;
S2
• polished finishes; and
• scotchbrite finishes.

The latest technology has been incorporated in materials handling equipment and
information and communications systems. These complement the state-of-the-art
processing equipment and provide efficient process management and customer service.

Sheet cut to length line


A high speed line optimised for accurate cutting of standard or special length sheets.
The line’s capabilities and features are:

• 0.3-2mm thickness;

• 200-1580mm width;

• Side trimming unit (minimum 5mm to 40mm maximum per side trim);

• Length validation and feedback system to maintain consistency;

• Stacker automatically sets to order requirement;

• Herr Voss leveller enables automatic set-up feature, which can be activated by gauge
or coil identification number. This feature saves time and material on partly processed
coils held in stock, as the leveller will set up the same parameters previously used;

• Six high Herr Voss leveller enables the bottom surface to be treated with
the same loving care as the top surface (most lines are only four high and a few are
five high). Back up transfer marks are a thing of the past;

• High speed (up to 76m per minute);

• All rolls in contact with the strip are coated to reduce the possibility of scratching;

• Double-sided PE application;

• Paper interleaving;

• 12.5 tonne maximum input coil weight.


Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Plate cut to length line

This is a complete processing line that features shears, leveller and stacker.

The line’s capabilities and features are:

• 500-2000mm processing width;

• 1.6-6mm stainless steel thickness and to 8mm for aluminium;

• 700-15000mm length;

• in-line double sided PE applicator; and

• 1-14.5 tonne input coil weights.

Polishing line

This line is an Imeas coupled polishing/brushing unit which provides polished and brushed
finishes including, No. 4, Scotchbrite, Duplo and custom finishes to meet most needs.
7
Polishing belts are formulated to provide a uniform polished surface. A roughness gauge S2
is used to measure every coil to verify consistency of finish from coil to coil.

The line’s capabilities and features are:

• 300-1580mm processing width;

• 0.3-2mm thickness up to 1580mm wide and up to 1220mm wide to 3mm;

• 7.5 tonne back tension coupled with a control system to optimise polishing conditions;

• rolls in contact with steel are coated to minimise the possibility of surface scratching;

• in-line double-sided PE applicator and paper interleaving; and

• 1-12.5 tonne input coil weights.

Slitting line

This line has been designed to provide maximum flexibility in producing high quality slit,
narrow width material.

The line’s capabilities and features are:

• 200-1580mm processing width;

• 0.3-3mm thickness for stainless steel and 5mm maximum for aluminium;
• minimum 25mm slit width;
• computer-aided shimless slitting process to maintain accuracy of width;
• unique slit coil down-layer to minimise bore scoring;
• rolls in contact with steel or aluminium are coated to minimise the possibility
of surface scratching;

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

• in-line double sided PE applicator and paper interleaving;


• conventional drag, tension rolls, bridle or combination of tension control;
• pull, loop, driven and combination slitting techniques; and
• 1-12.5 tonne input coil weights.

Materials handling and packaging


Materials handling and packaging for stainless steel sheet, coil and strip are critical to
minimising product damage. A range of innovative solutions has been installed such
as coil-lifting devices that do not damage product, high-speed coil cars for transporting
coils to the processing line and a down-layer for slit coil to minimise bore scratches.

One tonne coils are vertically packed with strong top and bottom pallets and a
protective wrap of heavy corex around the coil.

Sheet and plate are packed on strong wooden pallets and with secure strapping to
withstand extensive handling and transportation.

Customised packing is provided subject to enquiry.


8 Processing parameters
S2
Sheet and plate size limits
Width Length Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) (mm) mass (tonne) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max. Max.

0.30 - 2.00 200 1580 200 6000 12.5 1650


2.00 - 6.00 500 2000 700 15000 14.5 1650

Sheet and plate length tolerance Sheet and plate squareness tolerance
Thickness Length Tolerance Width Length Squareness
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

0.30 - 2.00 Up to 5000 +3.0, -0.0 Up to 914 Up to 3000 4


2.01 - 3.00 Up to 3000 +4.0, -0.0 Up to 6000 5
Up to 6000 +6.0, -0.0 Up to 10000 6
Up to 10000 +10.0, -0.0
915 to 1500 Up to 3000 4
Up to 15000 +15.0, -0.0
Up to 6000 6
3.01 - 6.00 Up to 3000 +4.0, -0.0
Up to 10000 8
Up to 6000 +6.0, -0.0
1501 to 2000 Up to 3000 5
Up to 10000 +10.0, -0.0
Up to 6000 7
Up to 15000 +16.0, -0.0
Note: Length tolerances on double sided plastic coating +7, -nil Up to 10000 10

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

SECTION 2: FLAT PRODUCT: PROCESSING OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEET, COIL, STRIP AND PLATE

Side trim: Available up to 3.0mm thick and 1580mm Sheet and plate flatness tolerance
wide. Side trim allowance is a minimum 5mm per side Thickness Width Amplitude*
from 3mm to 0.7mm and 10mm per side below (mm) (mm) (mm)

0.7mm to a maximum of 40mm per side (allowance is 0.3 - 1.50 900 10


the same for slitting). 1200 / 1500 10
1.51 - 5.00 900 / 1200 10
1500 10
2000 12
5.01 - 6.00 900 / 1200 10
1500 12
2000 12

*Note: Deviation from a straight-edge.

Slit strip size limits


Width Input coil Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) (mm) mass (tonne) diameter Slit width
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.
tolerance
9
S2
0.3 - 3 (stainless) 200 1580 300 1580 0.5 12.5 1650 ±0.2mm
0.3 - 5 (aluminium)

Polishing
Width Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) mass (kg) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.

0.30 - 2.00 300 1580 500 12500 1650


2.01 - 3.00 500 1250 500 12500 1650

Polishing roughness values


Finish Ra (µm)

No.4 0.15 - 0.50


Duplo 0.10 - 0.40
Scotchbrite 0.05 - 0.17

Recoiling
Width Input coil Outside
Thickness (mm) mass (kg) diameter
(mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max. Max.

0.30 - 3.00 200 1580 500 12500 1650

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Ferritic Stainless Steels
Sheet, Coil & Plate

Providing Solutions
in Specialty Metals

3
Ferritic Stainless Steels
Sheet, Coil and Plate
www.atlasste els.com.au
Characteristics of “Ferritic” stainless steels
What are Ferritic stainless The effect of Nickel
steels? Nickel is added in amounts of 8% or more to all the common austenitic
stainless steel grades, such as 304 and 316. The nickel has only a minor
• They are straight chromium steels, effect on the corrosion resistance. The principal reason for adding nickel
containing little or no nickel. is to change the crystal structure of the metal from Body Centred Cubic
• Their crystal structure is “Body (bcc) to Face Centred Cubic (fcc); this structure is called austenite.
Centred Cubic” (bcc), as for ferritic Austenitic steels are characterised by very high ductility which improves
carbon steels (ie. mild formability. The austenitic steels also have excellent weldablity, and both
steel,galvanised steel etc). good toughness at cryogenic temperatures and strength at very high
temperatures and they are also non magnetic.
• They resist corrosion and oxidation;
they are true stainless steels.
The effect of Molybdenum
• They are highly resistant to stress Molybdenum is added to stainless steels because it greatly improves the
corrosion cracking. resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion, particularly from chlorides. An
• They are fully magnetic. amount of 2% Mo or more is commonly added to steels intended to resist
corrosion in marine environments. The higher the molybdenum contents
• They can in many instances be the greater is the corrosion resistance.
more easily fabricated than
austenitic stainless steels such as The effect of Titanium and Niobium
304 and 316 grades. Titanium and Niobium (also called Columbium) are added to stainless
• Their application and fabrication steels because they are very strong carbide formers. They bind the
performance can be significantly carbon which could otherwise cause sensitisation and intergranular
improved with the addition of the corrosion and thus improve the weldability of stainless steel.
alloying elements of molybdenum,
titanium and/or niobium. Ferritic compared to Austenitic stainless steel
• They often prove better value over Ferritic Stainless Steel Austenitic Stainless Steel
the product life span than carbon
steels and are significantly less Magnetic Non-magnetic
costly than nickel-containing, Low thermal expansion Higher thermal expansion
austenitic grades of stainless steel. (similar to carbon steel)
Excellent high temperature Good high temperature
1
What do alloying elements S3
oxidation resistance oxidation resistance
do in stainless steel?
Higher thermal conductivity Lower thermal conductivity
The effect of Chomium Excellent creep resistance Good cheap resistance
Chromium is the indispensable when stabilised with niobium
element that makes stainless steels Easier to cut and work, Higher strength, requiring more force to
“stainless”. In amounts of at least less tool wear manipulate, and increased tool wear
10.5% it forms a very thin, hard
Less prone to spring back Greater spring back
self-repairing chromium oxide surface
during cold forming
layer which resists corrosive attack.
Higher chromium contents give more High yield strength (similar to carbon steel) Lower yield strength than Ferritic grades
corrosion resistance. The same Virtually immune from Highly susceptible to
chromium oxide layer is also effective stress corrosion cracking stress corrosion cracking
in resisting high temperature scaling.
Ferritic compared to Duplex stainless steel
Duplex grades have compositions balanced to give a structure of about
50% ferrite and 50% austenite and therefore have some properties that
are mid-way between the two types. Their thermal expansion for instance
is between that of the ferritic and austenitic grades, and their resistance to
stress corrosion cracking is higher than that of an austenitic but not quite
as good as for the ferritic. The duplex grades do however tend to have
higher strengths than either of the other types. As for all stainless steel
grades the pitting resistance is very largely determined by the content of
chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen – the actual structure is not
Printed July 2010 important.
The range of Ferritic stainless steel
grades and codes
Five “groups” of Ferritic stainless steels
Ferritic stainless steels can be The Atlas range of ferritic grades contact Atlas Technical Services
divided into five “groups”, has been chosen to incorporate at for assistance.
generally segmented by chemical least one grade that is suitable for Within Australia:
composition which determines the each of the first four groups. The Telephone Free Call 1800 818 599
characteristics of the grades such fifth group is highly specialised in
as corrosion resistance and the application and therefore may
appropriate applications they can require technical input to make the
potentially be applied to. correct grade selection. Please

Group Characteristics Ferritic Grades Typical Applications


1 10-14% chromium, for non or low 409, AtlasCR12, AtlasCR12Ti Rail wagons, shipping containers,
corrosive environments, or for non- automotive exhausts, bus and
aesthetic applications coach frames
2 14-18% chromium content and greater 430 Domestic appliances,
2 resistance to corrosion over group 1 indoor panels
S3 14-21% chromium content and stabilised to 439, Atlas F20S Sinks, heat exchangers
3
improve weldability and formability. Often (sugar industry), automotive
an acceptable substitute for grade 304 exhausts
4 Molybdenum added for extra corrosion 444 Hot water tanks, solar water
resistance. Often an acceptable substitute heaters, outdoor panels and
for grade 316 trims
5 Greater than 21% chromium and added Refer Atlas Technical Services Highly corrosive
molybdenum for extra corrosion resistance for assistance in grade selection environments

Printed July 2010 Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors


The Atlas range of Ferritic
stainless steel flat products
The following table shows the product range of standard ferritic stainless steel sheets, coil and plate available from
Atlas.

3
Ferritic Group S3
Form Rolling Width (mm) Thickness (mm) Finish
Grade Type
409 1 Sheet & Coil CR On application
Sheet & Coil CR 1250 1.2, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 2B
AtlasCR12
1 Plate HR 1500, 2000 8.0, 10.0, 12.0, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0 No.1
AtlasCR12Ti 1 Sheet, Coil & Plate CR, HR 1250, 1500 3.0, 5.0, 6.0 2B, No1
430 2 Sheet & Coil CR 914, 1219 0.7, 0.9, 1.2 2B, BA
439 3 Sheet & Coil CR On application
AtlasF20S 3 Sheet & Coil CR 1219 0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0 2B, No.4
444 4 Sheet & Coil CR 1219, 1500 0.7, 0.9, 1.2. 1.5. 2.0 2B, No.4

Please contact Atlas for enquiries about less common thicknesses and finishes.

Printed July 2010 Photos courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors and United Group Rail
Considerations in selecting a Ferritic
grade to suit an application
Corrosion resistance These are not covered in this • Avoid rough surface finishes
publication, but enquiries are and favour a fine-polished finish
Corrosion resistance of stainless
invited. with a low Ra value.
steels is determined more by
The following are some useful • Optimise design for “washability”
chemical composition than by
guidelines for improving the grade e.g. min 15° slope on upward
austenitic or ferritic crystalline
selection of ferritic stainless steels facing surfaces.
structure. Stainless steels are
in corrosive environments.
“stainless” because their • Avoid “crevice like” geometries.
chromium content gives them • In the case of an aggressive
environment, select a grade with • Keep surfaces clean by regular
exceptional resistance to
a higher chromium and/or washing to avoid staining and
corrosion. A comparison of the
molybdenum content. dust accumulation.
corrosion resistance properties of
4 ferritic and austenitic grades • The stainless steel grade PRE
S3 shows that the corrosion (pitting resistance equivalent) is
resistance of most nickel a useful guide to its corrosion
containing (austenitic) grades can resistance. The higher the
be matched by ferritic grades. In number the more corrosion
most cases there are also duplex resistance the steel.
grade alternatives.

Typical Chemical Composition %


Ferritic PRE
C Cr Ni Mo Ti + Nb
Grade
409 0.01 11 0.20 11
AtlasCR12 0.02 11.5 0.4 11.5
AtlasCR12Ti 0.02 11.5 0.4 0.20 11.5
430 0.05 16.5 17
439 0.02 17.5 0.35 17.5
AtlasF20S 0.02 21 0.40 21
444 0.02 18 2 0.45 25

PRE = %Cr + 3.3xMo + 16x%N

Printed July 2010 Photos courtesy of Cookon and Stoddart.


Mechanical properties evaluating mechanical grades).
characteristics are: strength (yield • Moderately high tensile
The mechanical properties of a
and tensile) hardness, toughness strengths.
metallic alloy are those that
and ductility.
describe the material’s ability to • Good total elongation, but lower
compress, stretch, bend, dent and Ferritic stainless steels have: than those of the austenitic
break, and above all the ability of • Stress-strain curves fairly similar grades.
the metal to safely carry a load, to those of plain carbon steels. • Good ductility, but as for ferritic
pressure or stress in service.
• Moderately high yield strengths carbon steels ductility drops at
Therefore common criteria for
(generally higher than austenitic low temperature.

Specified Mechanical Properties %


Hardness
Tensile Yield Strength Elongation Cold Blend
Ferritic Rockwell B Brinell Transverse
Strength 0.2% Proof (% in 50mm)
Grade (HR B) (HB) direction bend
(MPa) min (MPa) min min radius = 1T
max min
409 380 170 22 88 179 180°
AtlasCR12 455 275 18 HRC20 223 –
AtlasCR12Ti 427 205 22 – – –
430 450 205 22 89 183 180°
439 415 205 22 89 183 180°
AtlasF20S 427 205 22 – – –
444 415 275 20 96 217 180°

These values are as listed for flat rolled product in ASTM A240M.
Different limits apply to other products such as bar or tube.
Values for F20S are given for ASTM A240M grade UNS S44500.

Physical properties Ferritic stainless steels: • Have a thermal coefficient of


The physical properties of a
• Are fully ferro–magnetic – they expansion similar to that of 5
are attracted strongly to a carbon steel. S3
metallic alloy concern the
magnet. • Are less prone to heat distortion
material’s ability to conduct heat,
conduct electricity, expand or • Have good thermal conductivity compared to austenitic grades.
shrink etc. (better than austenitic).

Physical Properties
Coefficient of
Thermal Specific
Elastic Thermal Electrical
Ferritic Density Conductivity Heat
Modulus Expansion Resistivity
Grade (kg/m3) at 100° 0-100°C
(GPa) 0-100°C (n .m)
(W/m.K) (J/kg.K)
( m/m/°C)
409 7700 220 11.0 28 460 580
AtlasCR12 7700 220 10.8 23 460 580
AtlasCR12Ti 7700 220 10.8 23 460 580
430 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600
439 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600
AtlasF20S 7700 220 10.5 23 460 600
444 7700 220 10.5 26 460 600

Printed July 2010


Surface finish – appearance
The surface finishes for ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally similar to those of austenitic and other grades.
If anything, ferritic grades tend to be brighter and more reflective compared to an austenitic grade of the same nominal
finish.

ASTM
Finish Description
Designation
Hot rolled No.1 A relatively rough, dull surface produced by hot rolling to the specified thickness,
followed by annealing and descaling. Commonly associated with plate product.
Cold rolled 2B A general-purpose, cold rolled, smooth finish obtained as a result of a final light
pass through polished rolls at the mill.
Bright annealed BA A bright, cold rolled, highly reflective finish retained by final annealing in a controlled
atmosphere furnace. The brightness and reflectivity is a function of thickness and
grade. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a surface protection.
General purpose No.4 Produced from 2B finish often by a service centre. It is a general-purpose widely
polished used ground polished finish. Usually supplied with a PE or PVC coating as a
surface protection.
Bright polished No.8 Highly reflective ‘mirror’ finish. Produced from 2B finish by polishing with
successive finer abrasives followed by extensive buffing.
Other Customer Atlas Metals Processors can provide customer-specific finishes for special
Specific applications.

Fabrication Unlike the austenitic grades optimised to limit grain growth, so


however low carbon content (i.e. these grades alone amongst
Joining and Weldability an “L” grade) does not guarantee ferritics are welded in heavy plate
Ferritic grades are suited to most freedom from sensitisation. Ferritic sections.
methods successfully used to join grades intended for welding are Processes
other stainless steels – welding, additionally stabilised with titanium Ferritic grades of stainless steel
6 soldering, brazing, mechanical and / or niobium. This is can be welded using arc,
S3 joining and adhesive bonding. particularly important in thin resistance, laser and friction
The welding characteristics of sections. It is also important that welding techniques. Like other
stainless steels are affected by care is taken in welding to prevent stainless steels they cannot be
chemical composition, the pick-up of carbon from other gas welded. All these steels can
metallurgical structure and sources, such as from the filler be welded by GTAW / TIG, GMAW
physical properties. Ferritic grades wire or from carbonaceous / MIG, manual, submerged arc,
have some useful advantages contaminants on the steel surface. plasma and resistance processes.
over austenitic grades when it Cleanliness is important. Autogenous TIG welding is
comes to welding due to their Another limitation is the ferritic possible in gauges up to about
lower thermal expansion, lower structure is prone to grain growth 1.5mm.
electrical resistivity and higher at elevated temperatures. The Heat input
thermal conductivity. These heat affected zone (HAZ) of a Heat input should be kept low
physical properties mean that the weld can undergo grain growth, (approximately 0.25kJ/mm when
fabrication is less likely to suffer which may result in reduction of TIG welding 1.5mm sheet, and
distortion during welding, toughness. The thicker the steel lower for MIG welding) for all
compared with austenitic grades. being welded the more significant grades except AtlasCR12 and
But there are also some limitations is the effect, while low heat input AtlasCR12Ti. The heat input
that must be taken into account. processes and practices minimise should be the lowest that will
The ferritic grades are more the effect. Most ferritic stainless achieve full penetration.
susceptible to sensitisation than steels are therefore only available AtlasCR12 and AtlasCR12Ti
are their austenitic alternatives. in gauges up to about 3mm. should be welded within the range
For this reason most ferritic Exceptions are the grades 0.5 – 1.5J/mm.
grades are produced with very low AtlasCR12 and AtlasCR12Ti. Both
carbon and nitrogen contents. have been metallurgically

Printed July 2010


Filler metals
Although matching ferritic filler wires are made, it is more common to use
austenitic fillers. These should be selected to match or exceed the required
corrosion resistance. Other filler can be used for specific applications.

Grade 409 Atlas Atlas 430 439 Atlas 444


CR12 CR12Ti F20S
Filler Wire 308L 309L 309L 309L 308L 308L 316L

Protective gases
Shielding and backing gases should be argon or argon mixes, as below.
CO2 should only be present up to 3% and hydrogen and nitrogen must be
avoided completely.
GTAW / TIG – Argon, Argon + Helium
GMAW / MIG – Argon + 2% CO2, Argon + 2% O2, Argon + 2% CO2 + Helium
For further assistance on welding please contact Atlas Technical Services.

Formability (eg deep drawing or bending)


Cold forming operations change the shape of strip or sheet product by
subjecting it to plastic strain. The forming operation involves complex tensile
and compressive loading, using a combination of stretching and deep
drawing performance.
Although the overall drawing capacity of austenitic grades is better than that
of ferritic, some ferritic grades show excellent drawing performance and
display higher LDR (Limiting Drawing Ratio) to austenitic. Ferritic grades are
inferior to austenitic in pure stretch forming.
In practice, industrial forming operations usually involve a combination of
both pure drawing and pure stretch deformation. Design, construction and
fabrication parameters and the material properties of the ferritic grade
concerned must be considered together, in order to get the best out of the
drawing process.
The following chart is a general reference to the forming properties of the
main steel groups.
7
Ferritic Austenitic S3
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Structure bcc bcc fcc
Work hardening low low high
Spring back low low high
Deep drawing excellent good good
Stretch forming good good excellent
Ridging no can occur no
crystal structure of the steel: bcc = body-centred cubic fcc = face-centred cubic

For further assistance on applications involving drawing – stretching please contact


Atlas Technical Services.
Cost
Ferritic grades of stainless steel are generally much lower in cost than the alternative
austenitic grade. However, other factors beside price, such as familiarity with existing
product, specification by a design engineer, asset owner’s product preference, also
contribute to the decision of selecting an appropriate steel for a product application. We
therefore encourage our customers to seek the assistance of Atlas sales and technical
staff who can provide support in evaluating the best specialty metals solution possible to
suit a product application.

Printed July 2010 Photo courtesy of Atlas Metal Processors


Typical product applications
The following is a list of typical applications and appropriate grades that may suit.
The list is not exhaustive and users should trial product and assess product
suitability based on their individual requirements.

Ferritic grades of stainless steel have


Industry Typical Product Application Ferritic Grades been available for years and proven to
be acceptable in many applications.
Automotive • Exhaust systems 409, 430 They are not an inferior alternative to
• Decorative trims austenitic grades but a lower cost
• Component parts good alternative in the right
application.
Building & • Hinges and fasteners AtlasCR12, 430,
construction • Guttering 444, AtlasF20S Atlas technical support and sales
• Chimney flues personnel can assist with stainless
steel product selection specific for end
• Roofing
application use.
• Cladding and facades
• Doors and balustrades Additional information to what has
• Lift panels been provided in this brochure is
available from the grade data sheet
Urban furniture •Ticket machines AtlasCR12, 430, provided on the Atlas web site:
• Electrical boxes 444, AtlasF20S www.atlassteels.com.au
• Telephone housings
• Bus shelters Useful Reference:
• Play ground equipment “The Ferritic Solution” ISSF 2007.
Food commercial • Food preparation equipment 430, 439, Available from the ISSF website
equipment • Commercial refrigerators AtlasF20S www.worldstainless.org
• Catering trolleys
Atlas Technical Services
• Display cabinets
• Food handling equipment
Contacts:
Australia:
8 Home & office • Stoves 430, 439, 444,
Telephone Free call 1800 818 599,
S3 • Cookware and pots AtlasF20S
Email: tech@atlassteels.com.au
• Dishwashers
• Electrical appliances New Zealand:
• Range hoods Telephone +61 3 9272 9963,
Email: tech@atlasmetals.co.nz
• Kitchen ware
• Domestic refrigerator panels
• Washing machines
• Sinks
• Dryers
• BBQ’s
• Hot water services
Industrial • Cold and hot water tanks 439, 444,
• Boilers AtlasF20S
• Heat exchangers
• Solar water heaters

Transportation • Bus & coach body frames AtlasCR12,


• Sea containers AtlasCR12Ti, 439,
• Coal & ore wagons AtlasF20S

Medical & hospital • Tables 444, AtlasF20S


• Trolleys
• Sterilisation cabinets

Printed July 2010


Stainless Steel
Pipe and Flanges

4Stainless Steel
Pipe and Flanges

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Arcelor, Atlas Steels and New Zealand Tube Mills.
www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel pipe and fittings


A stainless steel pipe system is the product of choice for carrying corrosive
or sanitary fluids, slurries and gases, particularly where high pressures,
high temperatures or corrosive environments are involved. Due to stainless
steel’s aesthetic properties, stainless steel pipe is also used in architectural
applications.

Stainless steel pipe can be generally defined as a heavy wall thickness tubing,
with dimensions as specified by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
Pipe dimensions are specified by outside diameter – indicated by the NPS (imperial) or
DN (metric) designator and sometimes referred to as the ‘nominal bore’– and wall
thickness, reflected in the schedule number. ASME B36.19 covers these dimensions.

Stainless steel pipe and fittings are supplied in the annealed condition to facilitate
fabrication and ensure best corrosion resistance. Atlas Steels can also supply stainless
steel pipe with an abrasive polished finish suitable for architectural applications.

Welded pipe

Welded stainless steel pipe is manufactured from 2B or HRAP stainless steel strip –
formed (to shape), longitudinally welded and annealed.
All welds are made without the addition of filler metal, except for very large diameters.

Standard welded pipe is in nominal lengths of 6.0 or 6.1 metres.

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A312M – Austenitic.


ASTM A358M – Austenitic (large diameter).
ASTM A790M – Duplex.

Seamless pipe

Seamless stainless steel pipe is produced from hollow billets, which are pierced then
drawn across dies until they reach the final desired pipe size, then annealed.

Standard seamless pipe is supplied in nominal lengths of 6.1 metres to 150mm (6”) and 1
above this in random lengths. S4

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A312M – Austenitic.


ASTM A790M – Duplex.

Printed April 2008 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel piping systems can be joined by butt welding and, in the heavier
40S and 80S schedules, by threaded connections.

The complete piping system is made possible using complementary fittings and flanges.
These are specified by the same DN or NPS designator and schedule numbering system
as for pipe.

Butt welding pipe fittings

A piping system using butt welding fittings has many inherent advantages over
other forms.

2 • Welding a fitting to the pipe means that it is permanently leakproof.


S2
• The continuous metal structure formed between pipe and fitting adds
strength to the system.

• Smooth inner surface and gradual direction changes reduce pressure losses
and turbulence and minimise the action of corrosion and erosion.

• A welded system utilises a minimum of space.

Atlas Steels supply butt welding fittings in the following forms.

• Elbows 45˚ and 90˚ – long radius and short radius.

• Return bends 180˚ – long radius and short radius.

• Reducers – concentric and eccentric.

• Tees – equal and reducing.

• Caps.

• Stub ends – Type B, to MSS SP-43.

Butt welding fittings can be supplied in either seamless or welded construction


and are covered by specification ASTM A403M (or ASTM A815M for Duplex grades) and
ASME B16.9.

2
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed and socket weld fittings

Piping systems can be connected using screwed fittings – BSP threaded (“150lb”)
low pressure fittings and NPT threaded (class 3000) high pressure fittings in Grade 304 or 316.

Socket weld fittings are used in high pressure piping systems and are available in grade
316L to suit schedule 80S wall thickness piping.

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A182M (Class 3000 NPT and socket weld) and
ASME B16.11.
ISO 4144 (BSP dimensions)

Pipe flanges

A flange is a ring of steel (forged, cut from plate, or rolled) designed to connect sections
of pipe, or to join pipe to a pressure vessel, valve, pump or other integral flanged assembly.

Flanges are joined to each other by bolting, and are joined to the piping system by
welding or threading (or loose when stub ends are used).

The basic types of flanges are:

• slip-on • socket weld


• blind • lap joint
• weld neck • orifice
• threaded

Forged stainless steel flanges are designed to the following common pressure ratings:
Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500 and 2500. Standard sealing face is Raised Face (RF).

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A182M and ASME B16.5.

Plate stainless steel flanges are forged or cut and machined from plate – Table ‘D’, Table
‘E’, etc.

Manufacturing specification: AS2129.

Waterworks flanges to AS4087 are also available subject to enquiry.

Types and applications of flanges


3
Slip-on flanges. The flange is slipped over the pipe and then welded both inside and
S4
outside to provide sufficient strength and prevent leakage. Slip-on flanges are also used
as loose back-up flanges when stub ends are used.

Blind flanges. This is a flange without a centre bore, used to shut off a piping system
or vessel opening.

Weld neck flanges. Designed to be joined to a piping system by butt welding.


They are relatively expensive due to the weld neck, but are preferred for high-stress
applications.

Lap joint flanges. This is again similar to a slip-on flange, but has a radius at the
intersection of the centre bore and the flange face to accommodate a lap stub end.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


4
4

S4
S2
Product range, dimensions and theoretical weights
Pipe size Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S

Printed July 2010


Wall Grade Wall Grade Wall Grade
OD Weight Weight Weight
DN NPS thickness thickness thickness
(mm) (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205 (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205 (kg/m) 304/304L 316/316L 2205
(mm) (mm) (mm)
1
6 /8 10.29 1.24 0.28 1.73 0.36 2.41 0.46
1
8 /4 13.72 1.65 0.49 2.24 0.63 3.02 0.80
PRODUCT RANGE

3
10 /8 17.15 1.65 0.63 2.31 0.84 3.20 1.10
1
15 /2 21.34 2.11 1.00 2.77 1.27 3.73 1.60
3
20 /4 26.67 2.11 1.27 2.87 1.93 3.91 2.18
25 1 33.41 2.77 2.08 3.38 2.50 4.55 3.29
32 11/4 42.16 2.77 2.69 3.56 3.38 4.85 4.46
40 11/2 48.26 2.77 3.11 3.68 4.05 5.08 5.40
50 2 60.30 2.77 3.93 3.91 5.43 5.54 7.48
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

1
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

65 2 /2 73.03 3.05 5.25 5.16 8.61 7.01 11.39


80 3 88.90 3.05 6.44 5.49 11.27 7.62 15.32
90 31/2 101.60 3.05 7.39 5.74 13.55 8.08 18.59
100 4 114.30 3.05 8.34 6.02 16.06 8.56 22.31
125 5 141.30 3.40 11.56 6.55 21.70 9.53 30.94
150 6 168.28 3.40 13.82 7.11 28.30 10.97 42.54
200 8 219.18 3.76 19.93 8.18 42.50 12.70 64.60
250 10 273.05 4.19 27.82 9.27 60.24 12.70 81.42
300 12 323.85 4.57 36.00 9.53 73.78 12.70 97.31
Stainless steel pipe – welded and seamless – ASTM A312M

350 14 355.60 4.78 41.30 9.52 81.28 12.70 131.70


400 16 406.40 4.78 47.30 9.52 93.21 12.70 123.18
450 18 457.20 4.78 53.30 9.52 105.14 12.70 139.07
500 20 508.00 5.54 68.60 9.52 117.07 12.70 154.97
550 22 558.80 5.54 75.50 9.52 129.01 12.70 171.07
600 24 609.60 6.35 94.50 9.52 140.94 12.70 186.75

Grades: 304/304L, 316/316L (Standard Stock), 2205 (Mill Sourced)

www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Welded buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M & ASME B16.9

90˚ Elbow 45˚ Elbow Stub end type B Equal tee End cap

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S Schedule 40S
90D Elbow45D ElbowEqual Tee
DN
90˚ 45˚ Equal Stub end Stub End Type B
End 90˚Cap 45˚ Equal Stub end End
Elbow Elbow tee 90D Elbow
type 45D
B ElbowcapEqual Tee Stub EndElbow
Elbow Type B Cap tee type B cap

15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.08 0.04
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.09 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.07
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.16 0.08 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.17 0.10
32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.22 0.10 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.25 0.18
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.25 0.11 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.31 0.20
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.43 0.13 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.61 0.23
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 0.57 0.19 1.40 0.77 2.19 0.80 0.27
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 0.72 0.25 2.20 1.08 3.31 1.13 0.42
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 1.09 0.68 4.47 1.47 5.27 1.87 1.14
125 3.65 1.82 5.44 1.47 1.11 6.80 2.84 9.63 2.79 2.13
150 5.45 2.72 8.03 2.15 1.42 10.89 5.44 10.99 3.57 3.23
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 3.22 2.38 21.54 10.77 20.91 6.07 5.19
250 18.15 9.75 26.76 5.13 4.45 38.56 19.27 35.38 10.07 9.00
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 8.16 7.50 59.42 29.71 62.14 14.29 15.00
350 36.29 18.34 48.53 10.88 8.17 79.38 35.15 79.31 17.14 16.00
400 47.63 23.81 58.97 12.70 10.67 99.79 45.81 99.79 20.41 21.00
450 59.87 29.94 79.65 17.23 13.00 129.73 59.40 129.73 27.21 26.00
500 99.80 49.90 103.42 21.77 17.00 162.38 74.84 162.39 29.94 34.00
600 140.61 70.31 155.58 27.21 26.00 225.89 105.23 225.90 38.55 52.00

Grades: 304L, 316L


5
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Welded buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M & ASME B16.9

Con reducer Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S Schedule 40S
DN
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing
reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee

20x15 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.14 0.15


25x15 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.15 0.15 0.26
25x20 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.16 0.16 0.27

Ecc reducer 32x20 0.18 0.18 0.44 0.22 0.22 0.52


32x25 0.18 0.18 0.45 0.22 0.22 0.53
6
S2 40x20 0.18 0.18 0.58 0.24 0.24 0.74
40x25 0.19 0.19 0.60 0.26 0.26 0.76
40x32 0.21 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.28 0.77
50x25 0.28 0.28 0.73 0.40 0.40 1.10
50x32 0.30 0.30 0.74 0.44 0.44 1.13
Reducing tee 50x40 0.31 0.31 0.76 0.45 0.45 1.15
65x40 0.44 0.44 1.24 0.76 0.76 1.94
65x50 0.47 0.47 1.25 0.80 0.80 1.98
80x40 0.51 0.51 1.52 0.94 0.94 2.85
80x50 0.55 0.55 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.91
80x65 0.59 0.59 1.59 1.08 1.08 2.98
100x40 0.68 0.68 2.90 1.36 1.36 4.53
100x50 0.78 0.78 2.94 1.57 1.57 4.48
100x65 0.83 0.83 2.97 1.66 1.66 4.54
100x80 0.87 0.87 3.04 1.74 1.74 4.64
125x100 1.49 1.49 5.49 2.98 2.98 8.47
150x80 1.82 1.82 6.86 3.98 3.98 11.94
150x100 1.96 1.96 7.10 4.07 4.07 9.68
150x125 2.00 2.00 7.27 4.07 4.07 9.99
200x100 3.01 3.01 13.46 6.55 6.55 17.98
200x150 3.19 3.19 14.08 6.94 6.94 18.82

6 250x100 4.73 4.73 22.75 10.52 10.52 30.07


S4 250x150 5.00 5.00 23.55 11.12 11.12 31.13
250x200 5.20 5.20 24.08 11.56 11.56 31.84
300x200 7.67 7.67 34.73 15.98 15.98 54.43
300x250 7.98 7.98 35.52 16.63 16.63 55.79
350x300 15.29 15.29 43.96 30.58 30.58 71.21
400x200 16.70 16.70 49.90 33.40 33.40 84.82
400x250 17.22 17.22 50.80 35.43 35.43 85.73
400x300 18.35 18.35 51.71 36.70 36.70 87.54
Grades: 304L, 316L

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Seamless buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M* & ASME B16.9

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
DN
90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal 90˚ 45˚ Equal
Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee Elbow Elbow tee

8 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.07


10 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.09
15 0.06 0.03 0.09 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.14
20 0.07 0.03 0.13 0.08 0.04 0.17 0.11 0.05 0.20
25 0.14 0.08 0.28 0.15 0.11 0.29 0.22 0.14 0.38
32 0.23 0.11 0.49 0.26 0.17 0.59 0.40 0.23 0.68
40 0.30 0.17 0.68 0.40 0.23 0.86 0.51 0.29 1.02
50 0.50 0.25 0.85 0.70 0.40 1.28 0.91 0.59 1.59
65 0.85 0.48 1.41 1.40 0.77 2.19 1.81 0.99 3.13
80 1.25 0.63 1.77 2.20 1.08 3.31 2.97 1.50 4.45
90 1.70 0.75 2.67 2.83 1.42 4.08 4.00 2.00 5.44
100 2.10 1.08 3.46 4.47 2.09 5.27 6.18 2.81 7.71
150 5.45 2.72 8.07 10.89 5.44 10.99 16.32 8.16 13.61
200 10.20 5.33 15.65 21.54 10.77 20.91 33.11 16.56 28.12
250 18.15 9.75 26.46 38.56 19.27 35.38 51.71 25.86 49.90
300 25.80 13.62 39.46 59.42 29.71 62.14 79.38 39.69 83.91

Seamless buttwelding fittings – ASTM A403M* & ASME B16.9

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 10S Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
DN
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing
reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee reducer reducer tee

40x25 0.19 0.19 0.60 0.26 0.26 0.76 0.34 0.34 0.90
50x25 0.28 0.28 0.73 0.40 0.40 1.10 0.54 0.54 1.37
50x40 0.31 0.31 0.76 0.45 0.45 1.15 0.59 0.59 1.43
80x50 0.55 0.55 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.91 1.79 1.79 3.91
100x50 0.78 0.78 2.94 1.50 1.50 4.48 1.95 1.95 6.55 7
100x80 0.87 0.87 3.04 1.74 1.74 4.64 2.33 2.33 6.79 S4

150x80 1.82 1.82 6.86 3.95 3.95 9.68 5.51 5.51 11.57
150x100 1.96 1.96 7.10 4.07 4.07 11.94 5.96 5.96 11.97
200x100 3.01 3.01 13.46 6.55 6.55 17.98 9.23 9.23 24.18
200x150 3.19 3.19 14.08 6.74 6.74 18.82 10.12 10.12 25.31

Grades: 304L, 316L, 2205


*Austenitic grades specified to ASTM A403M
Duplex grades specified to ASTM A815M

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


8
S4
Stainless Steel Buttwelding Fittings • Dimensions
Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9

Printed July 2010


Elbows Returns Stub Ends
Nominal size Long Short Caps Reducers
OD Radius of Diam

Printed July 2010


Long Short Note 1 Long Short
90 deg 45 deg 90 deg Fillet of Lap
DN NPS D A B A O K O K E H F F R G

15 1/2 21.3 38 16 76 48 25 76 51 3 35
20 3/4 26.7 38 19 76 51 25 38 76 51 3 43
25 1 33.4 38 22 25 76 56 51 41 38 51 102 51 3 51
32 11/4 42.2 48 25 32 95 70 64 52 38 51 102 51 5 64
40 11/2 48.3 57 29 38 114 83 76 62 38 64 102 51 6 73
50 2 60.3 76 35 51 152 106 102 81 38 76 152 64 8 92
65 21/2 73.0 95 44 64 190 132 127 100 38 89 152 64 8 106
ELBOW
80 3 88.9 114 51 76 229 159 152 121 51 89 152 64 10 127
90 31/2 101.6 133 57 89 267 184 178 140 64 102 152 76 10 140
100 4 114.3 152 64 102 305 210 203 159 64 102 152 76 11 157
125 5 141.3 190 79 127 381 262 254 197 76 127 203 76 11 185
150 6 168.3 229 95 152 457 313 305 237 89 140 203 89 13 218
200 8 219.1 305 127 203 610 414 406 313 102 152 203 102 13 270
250 10 273.0 381 159 254 762 518 508 391 127 178 254 127 13 324
300 12 323.8 457 190 305 914 619 610 467 152 203 254 152 13 381
350 14 355.6 533 222 356 1067 711 711 533 165 330 305 152 13 413
400 16 406.4 610 254 406 1219 813 813 610 178 356 305 152 13 470
450 18 457 686 286 457 1372 914 914 686 203 381 305 152 13 533
500 20 508 762 318 508 1524 1016 1016 762 229 508 305 152 13 584
550 22 559 838 343 559 1676 1118 1118 838 254 508 305 152 13 641
600 24 610 914 381 610 1829 1219 1219 914 267 508 305 152 13 692
650 26 660 991 405 267 610
700 28 711 1067 438 267 610
750 30 762 1143 470 267 610
800 32 813 1219 502 267 610
850 34 864 1295 533 267 610
RETURN
900 36 914 1372 565 267 610
950 38 965 1448 600 305 610
1000 40 1016 1524 632 305 610
1050 42 1067 1600 660 305 610
1100 44 1118 1676 695 343 610
1150 46 1168 1753 727 343 711
1200 48 1219 1829 759 343 711

Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size


Note square
corner

CAP
Enlarged Section
of Lap
REDUCER STUB END

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
Stainless Steel Buttwelding Fittings • Dimensions
Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9
Nominal Outside Centre Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Size Diam. to-end Run

Printed July 2010


Chemical Analysis (%) Specified
DN NPS D C 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 90 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
8 3/8 13.7
10 1/4 17.3
15 1/2 21.3 25 25 25 25
20 3/4 26.7 29 29 29 29
25 1 33.4 38 38 38 38
32 11/4 42.2 48 49 48 48 48
40 11/2 48.3 57 57 57 57 57 57
50 2 60.3 64 44 51 57 60 64
65 21/2 73.0 76 57 64 67 70 76
80 3 88.9 86 70 73 76 83 86
90 31/2 101.6 95 79 83 89 92 95
100 4 114.3 105 86 89 95 98 102 105
125 5 141.3 124 105 108 111 114 117 124
150 6 168.3 143 121 124 127 130 137 143
CROSS
200 8 219.1 178 152 156 162 168 178
250 10 273.0 216 184 191 194 203 216
300 12 323.8 254 216 219 229 241 254
350 14 355.6 279 238 248 257 270 279
400 16 406.4 305 264 273 283 295 305 305
450 18 457 343 298 308 321 330 330 343
500 20 508 381 324 333 346 356 356 368 381
550 22 559 419 359 371 381 381 394 406 419
600 24 610 432 384 397 406 406 419 432 432 432
650 26 660 495 422 432 432 444 457 470 483 495
700 28 711 521 448 457 457 470 483 495 508 521 521
750 30 762 559 460 473 483 483 495 508 521 533 546 546 559
800 32 813 597 508 508 521 533 546 559 572 572 584 597
850 34 864 635 533 546 559 572 584 597 597 610 622 635
900 36 914 673 559 572 584 597 610 622 622 635 648 660 673
950 38 965 711 TEE 597 610 622 635 648 648 673 686 698 711 711
1000 40 1016 749 622 635 648 660 673 673 698 711 724 737 749 749
1050 42 1067 762 635 648 660 660 660 698 698 711 711 711 711 711 711 711
1100 44 1118 813 686 686 698 698 698 711 711 724 724 737 749 762 762
1150 46 1168 851 724 724 737 737 737 749 749 762 762 775 787 800 800
1200 48 1219 889 737 737 762 762 762 787 787 787 813 813 813 838 838 838

www.atlassteels.com.au
9
S4
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Table flanges – AS 2129

Blind table Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN Table D Table E Table D Table E Table D Table E


blind blind pipe pipe tube* tube*

15 0.30 0.34 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30


20 0.35 0.35 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
25 0.45 0.65 0.40 0.60 0.40 0.60
32 0.50 0.73 0.40 0.65 0.45 0.65
Table pipe/tube 40 0.65 1.05 0.55 1.00 0.60 1.00
50 1.10 1.35 0.90 1.10 1.00 1.20
65 1.30 1.65 1.05 1.30 1.10 1.35
80 2.00 2.50 1.60 1.95 1.70 2.00
100 2.75 3.55 1.95 2.60 2.10 2.50
125 5.20 5.84 3.45 4.35 3.80 4.75
150 6.10 9.55 3.80 6.10 4.20 7.00
200 9.10 13.70 5.00 7.25 5.45 8.10
250 16.90 23.20 9.20 12.60 10.20 14.10
300 25.30 33.20 12.50 16.40 13.90 18.30
400 44.90 66.00 22.30 31.30 24.10 32.40

*Bored to suit nearest standard tube size.

10
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS METALS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Forged flanges – ASTM A182M & ASME B16.5


Blind Slip on Weld neck

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Weld neck RF150# Weld neck RF300# Weld
DN Blind Blind Blind Slip on Slip on Slip on
neck RF
RF150# RF300# RF600# RF150# RF300# RF600# Sch 10S Sch 40S Sch 40S Sch 80S 600# 80S
15 0.40 0.60 0.80 0.40 0.60 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.80 0.80 0.90
20 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.60 1.10 1.30 0.70 0.70 1.30 1.30 1.50
25 0.90 1.40 1.60 0.80 1.40 1.50 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.50 1.80
32 1.20 1.80 2.20 1.50 1.70 2.00 1.30 1.30 2.00 2.00 2.50
40 1.50 2.70 3.30 1.30 2.50 3.00 1.70 1.70 2.90 2.90 3.50
50 2.40 3.20 4.20 2.10 2.90 3.60 2.60 2.60 3.40 3.40 4.40
65 3.90 4.90 6.10 3.30 4.30 5.30 4.10 4.10 5.20 5.20 6.40
80 4.90 6.80 8.40 3.90 5.90 7.00 4.90 4.90 6.90 6.90 8.50
100 7.00 11.50 17.30 5.30 9.60 14.50 6.80 6.80 11.20 11.20 17.40
125 8.60 15.60 29.40 6.10 12.50 24.40 8.60 8.60 15.10 15.10 29.20
150 11.30 20.90 36.10 7.50 15.60 28.70 10.60 10.60 19.10 19.10 34.90
200 19.60 34.30 589.00 12.10 24.20 43.40 17.60 17.60 29.90 29.90 53.90
250 28.80 53.30 97.50 16.50 34.10 70.30 24.00 24.00 42.70 42.70 86.50
300 43.20 78.80 124.00 26.20 49.80 84.20 36.50 36.50 61.80 61.80 103.00
350 58.10 105.00 151.00 26.20 69.90 98.70 48.40 48.40 85.80 85.80 122.00
400 76.10 137.00 214.00 44.80 88.10 142.00 60.60 60.60 106.00 106.00 170.00
450 93.70 175.00 272.00 48.90 109.00 173.00 68.30 68.30 131.00 131.00 204.00
500 122.00 221.00 349.00 61.90 134.00 220.00 84.50 84.50 158.00 158.00 254.00
600 188.00 339.00 533.00 86.90 201.00 312.00 119.00 119.00 230.00 230.00 358.00
Grades: 304L, 316L

2205 forged flanges – ASTM A182M & ASME B16.5


Product range and theoretical weights (kg) 11
DN Slip on Weld neck Bossed blind S4
RF150# RF150# RF150#

15 0.40 0.50 0.40


20 0.60 0.70 0.40
25 0.80 1.00 0.90
40 1.30 73.20 1.50
50 2.10 2.60 2.40
80 3.00 4.90 4.90
100 5.30 157.20 7.00
150 7.50 10.60 11.30

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


S4
12
Stainless Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Class 150 Flanges to ASME B16.5 Class 600 Flanges to ASME B16.5
Dimensions Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg) Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud RF Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck / Machine Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck /

Printed July 2010


OD min Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt OD min Diameter Neck Socket Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS Socket Bolt DN NPS Welding Welding Socket
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Length Welding (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1 1
15 ⁄2 90 9.6 30 21.3 14 46 22.2 15.8 60.3 15.9 4 55 50 0.4 0.5 0.4 15 ⁄2 95 14.3 38 21.3 22 52 22.2 Note (1) 66.7 15.9 4 75 0.9 0.9 0.9
3 3
20 ⁄4 100 11.2 38 26.7 14 51 27.7 20.9 69.9 15.9 4 65 50 0.6 0.7 0.6 20 ⁄4 115 15.9 48 26.7 25 57 27.7 Note (1) 82.6 19.1 4 90 1.4 1.6 1.4
25 1 110 12.7 49 33.4 16 54 34.5 26.6 79.4 15.9 4 65 55 0.8 1.0 0.9 25 1 125 17.5 54 33.4 27 62 34.5 Note (1) 88.9 19.1 4 90 1.8 1.9 1.8
32 1 1⁄4 115 14.3 59 42.2 19 56 43.2 35.1 88.9 15.9 4 70 55 1.0 1.3 1.2 32 1 1⁄4 135 20.7 64 42.2 29 67 43.2 Note (1) 98.4 19.1 4 95 2.6 2.5 2.4
40 1 1⁄2 125 15.9 65 48.3 21 60 49.5 40.9 98.4 15.9 4 70 65 1.3 1.7 1.5
40 1 1⁄2 155 22.3 70 48.3 32 70 49.5 Note (1) 114.3 22.2 4 110 3.2 3.6 3.4
50 2 150 17.5 78 60.3 24 62 61.9 52.5 120.7 19.1 4 85 70 2.1 2.6 2.4
50 2 165 25.4 84 60.3 37 73 61.9 Note (1) 127.0 19.1 8 110 3.9 4.5 4.4
65 2 1⁄2 180 20.7 90 73.0 27 68 76.6 62.7 139.7 19.1 4 90 75 3.3 4.1 3.9
65 2 1⁄2 190 28.6 100 73.0 41 79 74.6 Note (1) 149.2 22.2 8 120 5.9 6.4 6.8
80 3 190 22.3 108 88.9 29 68 90.7 77.9 152.4 19.1 4 90 75 3.9 4.9 4.9
90 3 1⁄2 215 22.3 122 101.6 30 70 103.4 90.1 177.8 19.1 8 90 75 4.8 6.1 6.2 80 3 210 31.8 117 88.9 46 83 90.7 Note (1) 168.3 22.2 8 125 7.4 8.1 8.9
100 4 230 22.3 135 114.3 32 75 116.1 102.3 190.5 19.1 8 90 75 5.3 6.8 7.0 90 3 1⁄2 230 35.0 133 101.6 49 86 103.4 Note (1) 184.2 25.4 8 140 12 13
125 5 255 22.3 164 141.3 35 87 143.8 128.2 215.9 22.2 8 95 85 6.1 8.6 8.6 100 4 275 38.1 152 114.3 54 102 116.1 Note (1) 215.9 25.4 8 145 17 19
100 4 230 22.3 135 114.3 32 75 116.1 102.3 190.5 19.1 8 90 75 5.3 6.8 7.0 125 5 330 44.5 189 141.3 60 114 143.8 Note (1) 266.7 28.6 8 165 31 31
125 5 255 22.3 164 141.3 35 87 143.8 128.2 215.9 22.2 8 95 85 6.1 8.6 8.6 150 6 355 47.7 222 168.3 67 117 170.7 Note (1) 292.1 28.6 12 170 37 38
150 6 280 23.9 192 168.3 38 87 170.7 154.1 241.3 22.2 8 100 85 7.5 11 11 200 8 420 55.6 273 219.1 76 133 221.5 Note (1) 349.2 31.8 12 190 51 62
200 8 345 27.0 246 219.1 43 100 221.5 202.7 298.5 22.2 8 110 90 12 18 20 250 10 510 63.5 343 273.0 86 152 276.2 Note (1) 431.8 34.9 16 215 86 102
250 10 405 28.6 305 273.0 48 100 276.2 254.6 362.0 25.4 12 115 100 17 24 29
300 12 560 66.7 400 323.8 92 156 327.0 Note (1) 489.0 34.9 20 220 103 132
300 12 485 30.2 365 323.8 54 113 327.0 304.8 431.8 25.4 12 120 100 26 37 43
350 14 605 69.9 432 355.6 94 165 359.2 Note (1) 527.0 38.1 20 235 122 158
350 14 535 33.4 400 355.6 56 125 359.2 Note (1) 476.3 28.6 12 135 115 35 48 58
400 16 685 76.2 495 406.4 106 178 410.5 Note (1) 603.2 41.3 20 255 177 225
400 16 595 35.0 457 406.4 62 125 410.5 Note (1) 539.8 28.6 16 135 115 45 61 76
450 18 635 38.1 505 457.0 67 138 461.8 Note (1) 577.9 31.8 16 145 125 49 68 94 450 18 745 82.6 546 457.0 117 184 461.8 Note (1) 654.0 44.5 20 275 216 285
500 20 700 41.3 559 508.0 71 143 513.1 Note (1) 635.0 31.8 20 160 140 62 85 122 500 20 815 88.9 610 508.0 127 190 513.1 Note (1) 723.9 44.5 24 285 268 365
600 24 815 46.1 663 610.0 81 151 616.0 Note (1) 749.3 34.9 20 170 150 87 115 186 600 24 940 101.6 718 610.0 140 203 616.0 Note (1) 838.2 50.8 24 330 372 533

Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5


Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud RF
OD min Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck / Machine
Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS (mm) Socket Bolt
(mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1
15 ⁄2 95 12.7 38 21.3 21 51 22.2 15.8 66.7 15.9 4 65 55 0.6 0.8 0.6
3
20 ⁄4 115 14.3 48 26.7 24 56 27.7 20.9 82.6 19.1 4 75 65 1.2 1.3 1.2
25 1 125 15.9 54 33.4 25 60 34.5 26.6 88.9 19.1 4 75 65 1.4 1.6 1.4
32 1 1⁄4 135 17.5 64 42.2 25 64 43.2 35.1 98.4 19.1 4 85 70 1.7 2.1 1.8
40 1 1⁄2 155 19.1 70 48.3 29 67 49.5 40.9 114.3 22.2 4 90 75 2.6 3.1 2.7
50 2 165 20.7 84 60.3 32 68 61.9 52.5 127.0 19.1 8 90 75 2.9 3.4 3.1
65 2 1⁄2 190 23.9 100 73.0 37 75 74.6 62.7 149.2 22.2 8 100 85 4.5 5.3 4.8
80 3 210 27.0 117 88.9 41 78 90.7 77.9 168.3 22.2 8 110 90 6.2 7.3 6.8
90 3 1⁄2 230 28.6 133 101.6 43 79 103.4 90.1 184.2 22.2 8 110 95 8.2 9.5
100 4 255 30.2 146 114.3 46 84 116.1 102.3 200.0 22.2 8 115 95 11 12
125 5 280 33.4 178 141.3 49 97 143.8 128.2 235.0 22.2 8 120 110 15 16
150 6 320 35.0 206 168.3 51 97 170.7 154.1 269.9 22.2 12 120 110 20 21
200 8 380 39.7 260 219.1 60 110 221.5 202.7 330.2 25.4 12 140 120 30 35
250 10 445 46.1 321 273.0 65 116 276.2 254.6 387.4 28.6 16 160 140 44 55
300 12 520 49.3 375 323.8 71 129 327.0 304.8 450.8 31.8 16 170 145 64 79
350 14 585 52.4 425 355.6 75 141 359.2 Note (1) 514.4 31.8 20 180 160 88 107
400 16 650 55.6 483 406.4 81 144 410.5 Note (1) 571.5 34.9 20 190 165 113 139
450 18 710 58.8 533 457.0 87 157 461.8 Note (1) 628.6 34.9 24 195 170 138 177
500 20 775 62.0 587 508.0 94 160 513.1 Note (1) 685.8 34.9 24 205 185 167 223 Note 1: To be specified by purchaser.
600 24 915 68.3 702 610.0 105 167 616.0 Note (1) 812.8 41.3 24 230 205 235 342 Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck flange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Stainless Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Class 900 Flanges to ASME B16.5 Class 2500 Flanges to ASME B16.5
Dimensions Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg) Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck / Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck /

Printed July 2010


OD min Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt OD min Diameter Neck Socket Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS Socket DN NPS Welding Welding Socket
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Welding (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1 1
15 ⁄2 120 22.3 38 21.3 32 60 22.2 Note (1) 82.6 22.2 4 110 1.8 2.1 1.9 15 ⁄2 135 30.2 43 21.3 40 73 22.9 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 120 3.0 3.2 3.2
3
20 ⁄4 130 25.4 44 26.7 35 70 27.7 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 115 2.3 2.7 2.7 3
20 ⁄4 140 31.8 51 26.7 43 79 28.2 Note (1) 95.2 22.2 4 125 3.6 4.1 4.5
25 1 150 28.6 52 33.4 41 73 34.5 Note (1) 101.6 25.4 4 125 3.4 3.9 4.1
32 1 1⁄4 160 28.6 64 42.2 41 73 43.2 Note (1) 111.1 25.4 4 125 4.1 4.5 4.3 25 1 160 35.0 57 33.4 48 89 34.9 Note (1) 108.0 25.4 4 140 5.0 5.5 5.4
40 1 1⁄2 180 31.8 70 48.3 44 83 49.5 Note (1) 123.8 28.6 4 140 5.5 5.9 5.9 32 1 1⁄4 185 38.1 73 42.2 52 95 43.7 Note (1) 130.2 28.6 4 150 7.3 9.1 8.2
50 2 215 38.1 105 60.3 57 102 61.9 Note (1) 165.1 25.4 8 145 11 11 11
40 1 1⁄2 205 44.5 79 48.3 60 111 50.0 Note (1) 146.0 31.8 4 170 10 11 10
65 2 1⁄2 245 41.3 124 73.0 64 105 74.6 Note (1) 190.5 28.6 8 160 16 16 16
80 3 240 38.1 127 88.9 54 102 90.7 Note (1) 190.5 25.4 8 145 12 15 13 50 2 235 50.9 95 60.3 70 127 62.5 Note (1) 171.4 28.6 8 180 17 19 18
100 4 290 44.5 159 114.3 70 114 116.1 Note (1) 235.0 31.8 8 170 23 23 25 65 2 1⁄2 265 57.2 114 73.0 79 143 75.4 Note (1) 196.8 31.8 8 195 24 24 25
125 5 350 50.8 190 141.3 79 127 143.8 Note (1) 279.4 34.9 8 190 38 39 39
80 3 305 66.7 133 88.9 92 168 91.4 Note (1) 228.6 34.9 8 220 36 43 39
150 6 380 55.6 235 168.3 86 140 170.7 Note (1) 317.5 31.8 12 190 48 50 52
200 8 470 63.5 298 219.1 102 162 221.5 Note (1) 393.7 38.1 12 220 75 79 59 100 4 355 76.2 165 114.3 108 190 116.8 Note (1) 273.0 41.3 8 255 54 64 60
250 10 545 39.9 368 273.0 108 184 276.2 Note (1) 469.9 38.1 16 235 111 118 132
125 5 420 92.1 203 141.3 130 229 144.4 Note (1) 323.8 47.6 8 300 93 111 101
300 12 610 79.4 419 323.8 117 200 327.0 Note (1) 533.4 38.1 20 255 146 157 187
350 14 640 85.8 451 355.6 130 213 359.2 Note (1) 558.8 41.3 20 275 172 182 224 150 6 485 108.0 235 168.3 152 273 171.4 Note (1) 368.3 54.0 8 345 143 176 157
400 16 705 88.9 508 406.4 133 216 410.5 Note (1) 616.0 44.5 20 285 193 225 272 200 8 550 127.0 305 219.1 178 318 222.2 Note (1) 438.2 54.0 12 380 213 261 241
450 18 785 101.6 565 457.0 152 229 461.8 Note (1) 685.8 50.8 20 325 272 309 386
250 10 675 165.1 375 273.0 229 419 277.4 Note (1) 539.8 66.7 12 490 409 484 465
500 20 855 108.0 622 508.0 159 248 513.1 Note (1) 749.3 54.0 20 350 331 377 488
600 24 1040 139.7 749 610.0 203 292 616.0 Note (1) 901.7 66.7 20 440 632 685 905 300 12 760 184.2 441 323.8 254 464 328.2 Note (1) 619.1 73.0 12 540 573 692 664

Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5


Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
OD min Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck /
Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS (mm) Socket
(mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1
15 ⁄2 120 22.3 38 21.3 32 60 22.2 Note (1) 82.6 22.2 4 110 1.8 2.1 1.9
3
20 ⁄4 130 25.4 44 26.7 35 70 27.7 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 115 2.8 2.7 2.7
25 1 150 28.6 52 33.4 41 73 34.5 Note (1) 101.6 25.4 4 125 3.6 3.9 4.1
32 1 1⁄4 160 28.6 64 42.2 41 73 43.2 Note (1) 111.1 25.4 4 125 5.0 4.5 4.3
40 1 1⁄2 180 31.8 70 48.3 44 83 49.5 Note (1) 123.8 28.6 4 140 6.8 5.9 5.9
50 2 215 38.1 105 60.3 57 102 61.9 Note (1) 165.1 25.4 8 145 11 11 11
65 2 1⁄2 245 41.3 124 73.0 64 105 74.6 Note (1) 190.5 28.6 8 160 16 16 16
80 3 265 47.7 133 88.9 117 Note (1) 203.2 31.8 8 180 22 22
100 4 310 54.0 162 114.3 124 Note (1) 241.3 34.9 8 195 31 33
125 5 375 73.1 197 141.3 156 Note (1) 292.1 41.3 8 250 59 60
150 6 395 82.6 229 168.3 171 Note (1) 317.5 38.1 12 260 75 75
200 8 485 92.1 292 219.1 213 Note (1) 393.7 44.5 12 290 124 137
250 10 585 108.0 368 273.0 254 Note (1) 482.6 50.8 12 335 206 230
300 12 675 123.9 451 323.8 283 Note (1) 571.5 54.0 16 375 306 316
350 14 750 133.4 495 355.6 298 Note (1) 635.0 60.3 16 405 416 421
400 16 825 146.1 552 406.4 311 Note (1) 704.8 66.7 16 445 568 559
450 18 915 162.0 597 457.0 327 Note (1) 774.7 73.0 16 495 736 761
500 20 985 177.8 641 508.0 356 Note (1) 831.8 79.4 16 540 929 967 Note 1: To be specified by purchaser.
600 24 1170 203.2 762 610.0 406 Note (1) 990.6 92.1 16 615 1504 1568 Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.
Note 3: Welding neck flange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

www.atlassteels.com.au
S4
13
S4
14
Stainless Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Table D Flanges to AS 2129 Table F Flanges to AS 2129
Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg) Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg)
Nominal Nominal Drilling
Raised Drilling Raised
Size Size

Printed July 2010


Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size Flange Flange Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind H
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind
A D G K H A D G K H D C
15 95 *5 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.6 15 95 10 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7
20 100 *5 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.7 20 100 10 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 G
25 115 *5 65 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 10 63 87 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 K
32 120 *6 67 87 14 4 M12 0.9 1.1 32 135 13 74 98 18 4 M16 1.1 1.3 A
40 135 *6 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 13 81 105 18 4 M16 1.2 1.4
50 150 *8 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 16 103 127 18 4 M16 2.2 2.6 SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
65 165 *8 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 16 122 146 18 4 M16 2.5 3.0
80 185 *10 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 16 141 165 18 8 M16 3.0 3.8 (“BOSS”)
90 205 *10 141 165 18 4 M16 2.2 3.2 90 215 19 154 178 18 8 M16
100 215 *10 154 178 18 4 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 19 167 191 18 8 M16 4.3 5.9
125 255 13 186 210 18 8 M16 3.3 4.9 125 280 22 207 235 22 8 M20 7.4 10.1
150 280 13 211 135 18 8 M16 4.0 6.1 150 305 22 232 260 22 12 M20 8.1 11.9
200 335 13 268 292 18 8 M16 5.0 8.8 200 370 35 296 324 22 12 M20 12.7 20.3
250 405 16 328 256 22 8 M20 8.7 15.8 250 430 29 349 381 26 12 M24 18.1 31.4 H
300 455 19 378 406 22 12 M20 11.3 23.6 300 490 32 406 438 26 16 M24 23.9 44.7
D
350 525 22 438 470 26 12 M24 19.6 38.6 350 550 35 459 495 30 16 M27 35.3 63.0
400 580 22 489 521 26 12 M24 22.3 44.9 400 610 41 516 552 30 20 M27 47.6 90.0
G
450 640 25 532 584 26 12 M24 29.0 63.0 450 675 44 571 610 33 20 M30 62.0 120.0
500 705 29 609 641 26 16 M24 39.9 86.0 500 735 51 634 673 33 24 M30 80.0 162.0 K
550 760 29 637 699 30 16 M27 50.0 107.0 550 785 54 685 724 33 24 M30 A
600 825 32 720 756 30 16 M27 58.0 125.0 600 850 57 739 781 36 24 M33 112.0
700 910 35 809 845 30 20 M27 700 935 60 815 857 36 24 M33 BLIND
750 995 41 888 927 33 20 M30 750 1015 67 898 940 36 28 M33 (“BLANK”)
800 1060 41 942 984 36 20 M33 800 1060 68 942 984 36 28 M33
850 1090 44 974 1016 36 20 M33 850 1090 70 974 1016 36 32 M33
900 1175 48 1050 1092 36 24 M33 900 1185 76 1060 1105 39 32 M36
1000 1255 51 1133 1175 36 24 M33 1000 1275 83 1149 1194 39 36 M36
1200 1490 60 1368 1410 36 32 M33 1200 1530 95 1385 1441 42 40 M39

Table E Flanges to AS 2129 Table H Flanges to AS 2129


H
Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg) Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg)
Nominal Drilling Nominal Drilling D C
Raised Raised
Size Size
Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size Flange Flange Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind G
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind
K
A D G K H A D G K H
A
15 95 *6 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7 15 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.8 1.0
20 100 *6 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 20 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 WELDING NECK (WN)
25 115 *7 63 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 14 64 87 18 4 M16 1.1 1.2
32 120 *8 67 87 14 4 M12 1.0 1.1 32 135 17 76 98 18 4 M16 1.5 1.8
40 135 *9 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 17 83 105 18 4 M16 1.7 2.0
50 150 *10 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 19 102 127 18 4 M16 2.6 3.1
65 165 *10 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 19 114 146 18 8 M16 3.1 3.8
80 185 *11 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 22 127 165 18 8 M16 4.3 5.4
90 205 12 141 165 18 8 M16 90 215 22 140 178 18 8 M16
100 215 13 154 178 18 8 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 25 152 191 18 8 M16 5.8 7.9 H
125 255 14 186 210 18 8 M16 3.7 5.5
125 280 29 178 235 22 8 M20 9.9 12.6
150 280 17 207 235 22 8 M20 5.0 8.3 D
150 305 29 210 260 22 12 M20 10.8 15.4
200 335 19 264 292 22 8 M20 7.1 12.9
250 405 22 328 356 22 12 M20 11.4 21.9 200 370 32 260 324 22 12 M20 18.3 28.2 G
300 455 25 374 406 26 12 M24 15.1 31.8 250 430 35 311 381 26 12 M24 22.1 38.0
K
350 525 29 438 470 26 12 M24 25.3 47.6 300 490 41 362 438 26 16 M24 31.0 58.0
350 550 48 419 495 30 16 M27 47.7 85.0 A
400 580 32 489 521 26 12 M24 31.3 66.0
450 640 35 552 584 26 16 M24 40.8 87.0 400 610 54 483 552 30 20 M27 62.0 118.0 PLATE
500 705 38 609 641 26 16 M24 53.0 114.0 450 675 60 533 610 33 20 M30 105.0 196.0
550 760 44 663 699 30 16 M27 500 735 67 597 673 33 24 M30
600 825 48 717 756 33 16 M30 85.0 195.0 550 785 70 648 724 33 24 M30
700 910 51 806 845 33 20 M30 600 850 76 699 781 36 24 M33
750 995 54 885 927 36 20 M33
800 1060 54 942 984 36 20 M33
850 1090 57 974 1016 36 20 M33 Note 1: All weights are approximate
900 1175 64 1050 1092 36 24 M33 Note 2: A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate flanges
1000 1255 67 1130 1175 39 24 M36 Note 3: The flange thickness "D" dimension included the raised face height

www.atlassteels.com.au
1200 1490 79 1365 1410 39 32 M36 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule

www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 fittings

Round socket Pipe nipple TBE Pipe nipple TOE Hex/round cap

Hex nipple 3 pce union Female 90˚ elbow M/F 90˚ elbow

Female tee Hex head plug Hex locknut Square head plug

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Male/ Square
Pipe Pipe Hex/ Female Hex
DN Round Hex 3 pce fem Female Hex head
nipple nipple round 90˚ head
socket nipple union 90˚ tee locknut plug
TBE TOE cap elbow plug
elbow

6 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.13 0.03 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02 0.01
8 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.11 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02
10 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.18 0.06 0.06 0.09 0.03 0.03 0.03
15 0.09 0.08 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.22 0.10 0.11 0.14 0.05 0.04 0.03
20 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.33 0.14 0.16 0.21 0.09 0.05 0.07
25 0.20 0.16 0.11 0.17 0.17 0.50 0.27 0.26 0.36 0.12 0.10 0.10
32 0.29 0.29 0.19 0.24 0.25 0.70 0.38 0.40 0.50 0.19 0.14 0.15 15
S4
40 0.34 0.35 0.23 0.38 0.37 0.87 0.51 0.50 0.70 0.27 0.15 0.21
50 0.52 0.58 0.30 0.47 0.53 1.39 0.75 0.82 1.01 0.40 0.25 0.31
65 0.78 0.92 0.57 0.85 1.14 2.07 1.69 1.68 2.41 0.76 0.51 0.59
80 1.05 1.45 0.86 1.24 1.37 2.98 2.33 2.06 3.32 1.03 0.55 0.71
100 1.90 2.07 1.38 2.09 1.90 4.82 3.43 3.45 4.81 1.66 0.92 1.10

TBE = Threaded Both Ends.


TOE = Threaded One End.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Low Pressure BSP 316 fittings

Hex reducing bush Hex reducing nipple Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN Hex reducing Hex reducing


bush nipple

8x6 0.01 0.03


10x6 0.02 0.05
10x8 0.03 0.05
15x6 0.04 0.08
BSP Fittings
15x8 0.06 0.08
Dimensions: generally to ISO4144.
Threading: BS21 (ISO 7-1). Feed materials – sockets, TOE 15x10 0.06 0.08
nipples, TBE nipples manufactured from stainless steel pipe to 20x8 0.08 0.12
ASTM A312M.
– Hex plugs made from stainless steel bar to ASTM A276. 20x10 0.07 0.12
– Other fittings made from investment castings. 20x15 0.05 0.12
25x10 0.14 0.17
25x15 0.12 0.17
25x20 0.08 0.17
32x25 0.15 0.26
40x20 0.33 0.36
40x25 0.26 0.36
40x32 0.17 0.36
50x25 0.56 0.50
50x32 0.45 0.50
50x40 0.37 0.50
65x50 0.51 0.85
80x50 0.94 1.28
80x65 1.23 1.28

16
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Class 3000 NPT fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11

Hex cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow

Hex nipple Hex plug Union Female tee

Grade 316

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Schedule 40S Schedule 80S
Hex 45˚ 90˚ Hex Hex Female
DN Coupling Union
cap Elbow Elbow nipple plug tee Nipple Nipple Nipple Nipple
TBE 100 TOE 75 TBE 100 TOE 75

8 0.05 0.06 0.13 0.14 0.03 0.03 0.21 0.20 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.06
10 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.27 0.06 0.05 0.27 0.31 0.08 0.06 0.11 0.09
15 0.13 0.14 0.36 0.37 0.08 0.07 0.46 0.49 0.13 0.09 0.16 0.10
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.15 0.13 0.61 0.80 0.17 0.12 0.22 0.16
25 0.37 0.30 0.78 1.08 0.24 0.22 0.99 1.31 0.24 0.18 0.31 0.23
32 0.60 0.73 1.02 1.22 0.37 0.41 1.55 1.61 0.33 0.24 0.44 0.35
40 0.73 1.03 1.70 2.45 0.45 0.49 1.90 3.20 0.40 0.30 0.53 0.40
50 1.10 1.35 2.35 2.50 0.76 0.77 2.86 3.55 0.53 0.40 0.74 0.56

Grade 304

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


17
90˚ Hex Hex S4
DN Coupling Elbow nipple plug Union

15 0.11 0.41 0.08 0.07 0.30


20 0.20 0.68 0.17 0.13 0.58
25 0.29 1.02 0.38 0.20 0.76
32 0.73 1.22 0.37 0.41 1.55
40 1.00 2.44 0.63 0.60 1.60
50 1.42 2.52 1.10 1.10 2.42

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Screwed Class 3000 NPT 316 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11

Hex reducing bush Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

Hex Hex Swage


DN Reducing
reducing reducing nipple
insert
bush nipple TBE 80S

8x6 0.02 0.05 0.04 0.04


10x6 0.02 0.06 0.06 0.05
10x8 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.05

Hex reducing nipple 15x6 0.04 0.08 0.14 0.10


15x8 0.06 0.08 0.14 0.10
15x10 0.06 0.08 0.18 0.10
20x8 0.08 1.15 0.18 0.12
20x10 0.07 0.17 0.18 0.12
20x15 0.05 0.17 0.18 0.12
25x8 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
Swage nipple 25x10 0.14 0.38 0.25 0.16
25x15 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
25x20 0.12 0.38 0.25 0.16
40x15 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x20 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x25 0.21 0.63 0.60 0.45
40x32 0.21 0.64 0.60 0.45
50x25 0.45 0.68 1.14 0.70
50x40 0.50 0.70 1.14 0.70

18
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Socket weld Class 3000 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11

Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow

Equal tee Union Reducing insert

Grade 316L

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow Equal tee Union

8 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.26 0.30 0.21


15 0.12 0.14 0.36 0.36 0.50 0.30
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.80 0.50
25 0.40 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.31 0.80
32 0.60 0.70 1.00 1.20 1.61 1.20
40 0.70 1.00 1.70 2.40 3.20 1.50
50 1.10 1.30 2.30 2.50 3.50 2.30

Grade 316L reducing fittings

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN Reducer Reducer
inserts DN inserts
19
20x15 0.12 40x25 0.45 S4
25x15 0.16 50x25 0.7
25x20 0.16 50x40 0.7
40x20 0.45

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 4: STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS

Socket weld Class 3000 fittings – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11
Grade 304L

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)

DN Cap Coupling 45˚ Elbow 90˚ Elbow Equal tee Union

8 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.26 0.30 0.21


15 0.12 0.14 0.36 0.36 0.50 0.30
20 0.21 0.20 0.53 0.60 0.80 0.50
25 0.40 0.40 0.80 1.10 1.31 0.80
20 32 0.60 0.70 1.00 1.20 1.61 1.20
S2
40 0.70 1.00 1.70 2.40 3.20 1.50
50 1.10 1.30 2.30 2.50 3.50 2.30

Branch outlet Class 3000 304L and 316L – ASTM A182M and ASME B16.11

Product range and theoretical weights (kg)


Socket Threaded Welding Socket Threaded Welding
DN outlet outlet outlet outlet outlet outlet
304L 304L 304L 316L 316L 316L
15 0.15 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.13
20 0.17 0.24 0.24 0.17 0.24 0.24
25 0.27 0.38 0.38 0.27 0.38 0.38
40 0.48 0.66 0.66 0.48 0.66 0.66
50 0.07 1.02 1.02 0.75 1.02 1.02
.

20
S4

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings

5 Stainless Steel
Tube and Fittings

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Arcelor and New Zealand Tube Mills.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel tube and fittings


Stainless steel tube is typically specified by OD (outside diameter), WT
(wall thickness), grade, condition and surface finish.
It is resistant to many forms of corrosion, has hygienic sterile properties, high
quality aesthetic appeal and exceptional strength.

Tube is manufactured in round, square and rectangular sections in a variety of wall


thicknesses and usually by the processes of longitudinal welding, hot and cold drawing
(seamless) or spiral welding.

Finishes or appearance range from unpolished to highly polished. Unpolished has a


2B mill finish, standard polished is a finely grit polished finish and there is a finer buffed
finish giving close to a mirror appearance. Finishes are selected to suit application and
aesthetic appeal.

Stainless steel tube can be joined by welding, which facilitates rigidity in construction,
or by the use of mechanical fittings which enables dismantling for hygienic cleaning.

Tube is usually annealed if extensive forming and bending is required, such as for
bending or expanding. The tubular products system incorporates a comprehensive range
of stainless steel fittings in the form of elbows, tees, reducers and flanges in various
sizes, wall thickness, grades and finishes to suit tube dimensions and tolerances.

As-welded (AW) tube


Decorative & Structural Tube – This tubing is produced direct off the continuous tube
welding mill, using cold rolled stainless steel strip made to ASTM standards, with tube
produced to commercial limits of straightness in standard or specific customer lengths.

AW tube has a higher yield point than annealed tube and is generally used for structural
and decorative applications in mildly corrosive conditions. It is not suitable for
applications requiring significant flaring, expanding or bending, nor for pressure
applications. AW tube is also available with rebate slots for support of architectural glass
panels.

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A554.


Food Quality Tube – As-welded food quality tube is stocked by Atlas Specialty Metals. This
tube at the point of manufacture goes through a process where the internal weld bead is
rolled. The result is an improved internal finish along the weld, reducing the chance of a
crevice where liquid or food product may be trapped. This assists with ‘clean in place’ (CIP)
environment food and beverage process lines or other applications such as the pharmaceutical
industry. Further assurance of reliability of food tube comes from the 100% weld NDT
mandatory for this product.

Manufacturing specification: AS 1528.

As-welded annealed (AWA) tube


This tube is produced by the same process as AW tube but is annealed to relieve stresses
and improve ductility. Bright annealing is carried out in a controlled-atmosphere furnace,
so that no oxide or scale is formed on the surface.

Annealing both increases the corrosion resistance and softens the tube which allows 1
severe manipulation such as bending, expanding and forming. S5
Manufacturing specification: ASTM A269

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Cold worked annealed (CWA) tube

This tube is typically destined for heat exchanger applications and is produced in
a similar way to AWA product except that the internal bead is rolled flush with
the inside tube surface prior to annealing. Because of the critical end use this tube
undergoes extensive testing as part of the manufacturing process.

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A249M.

Cold drawn seamless (CDS) tube

This tube is produced by drawing from hollow billets. It is usually supplied in the
annealed and pickled condition and used where service conditions involve high pressure
and corrosive conditions and where good surface finish and close tolerances are
required, e.g. heat exchanger and condenser tubing, instrumentation tubing and some
refinery applications.

Manufacturing specification: ASTM A269 for general service. ASTM A213M for heat
exchanger service and A268 for Ferritic and Martensitic tubes.

Spiral welded tube

This tube is produced by the helical forming and automatic welding of a continuous strip
of stainless steel.

Typical applications include water and pulp in paper mills, product and effluent lines in
chemical processing, water lines for brewing, dust fume extraction, furnace and boiler
flues, stormwater down-pipes in high-rise applications and ventilation ducts and
condensation lines for airconditioning.

Manufacturing specification: generally to ASTM A778, except for mechanical


properties.

Grades:

Austenitic: 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321.

Ferritic: 409.

Duplex: 2205.

2
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight
thickness
(kg/m)

Printed July 2010


mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205

3
4.76 /16 0.50 0.05
0.70 0.07
0.90 0.09
1
6.35 /4 0.50 0.07
0.70 0.10
0.90 0.12
1.20 0.15
1.60 0.19
5
7.94 /16 0.50 0.09
0.70 0.13
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

0.90 0.16
1.20 0.20
1.60 0.25
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2

3
9.52 /8 0.50 0.11
0.70 0.15
0.90 0.19 FD
1.20 0.25
1.60 0.32
1
12.70 /2 0.50 0.15
0.70 0.21
0.90 0.26
1.20 0.34 FD FD
1.60 0.44 FD FD
2.00 0.53
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished. Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.
The tube is weld bead removed internally.

www.atlassteels.com.au
3
S5
4
S5
Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight
thickness
(kg/m)

Printed July 2010


mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205

5
15.88 /8 0.50 0.19
0.70 0.27
0.90 0.34
1.20 0.43 FD
1.60 0.56 FD
2.00 0.69
3
19.05 /4 0.50 0.23
0.70 0.32
0.90 0.41
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

1.20 0.53 FD
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

1.60 0.69 FD FD
2.00 0.84
3.25 1.27
7
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2

22.22 /8 0.90 0.48


1.20 0.62
1.60 0.81 FD
25.40 1 0.50 0.31
0.70 0.43
0.90 0.55
1.20 0.72 FD
1.60 0.94 FD FD
2.00 1.15
2.60 1.49
3.20 1.78
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished. Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.
The tube is weld bead removed internally.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight

Printed July 2010


thickness
(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205

28.58 11/8 1.20 0.82


1.60 1.08
31.75 11/4 0.90 0.69
1.20 0.90 FD
1.60 1.19 FD FD
2.00 1.47
2.60 1.89
3.20 2.29
34.92 13/8 0.90 0.77
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

1.20 1.01
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

1
38.10 1 /2 0.90 0.83
1.20 1.09
1.60 1.44 FD FD
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2

2.00 1.78
2.60 2.28
3.20 2.80
3
44.45 1 /4 0.90 0.98
1.20 1.28
1.60 1.69
2.00 2.09
2.60 2.68
3.20 3.25
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished. Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.
The tube is weld bead removed internally.

www.atlassteels.com.au
5
S5
6
S5
Product range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight

Printed July 2010


thickness
(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205

50.80 2 0.90 1.12


1.20 1.47
1.60 1.94 FD FD
2.00 2.41
2.60 3.09
3.20 3.76
63.50 21/2 1.20 1.84
1.60 2.44 FD FD
2.00 3.03
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

2.60 3.90
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

3.20 4.76
76.20 3 1.20 2.22
1.60 2.94 FD FD
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2

2.00 3.66
2.60 4.72
3.20 5.76
88.90 31/2 1.60 3.44
2.00 4.29
2.60 5.53
3.20 6.76
101.60 4 1.60 3.95 FD FD
2.00 4.91
2.60 6.35
3.20 7.76
Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit highly polished. Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.
The tube is weld bead removed internally.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Stock range, dimensions, theoretical weights and method of manufacturing
OD of tube Wall As welded (AW) As welded annealed (AWA) Cold drawn seamless (CDS) Cold worked annealed (CWA)
Weight

Printed July 2010


thickness
(kg/m)
mm inches (mm) 304 316 304 316 304 316 304/304L 316/316L 2205

127.0 5 1.60 4.95 FD


2.00 6.16
2.60 7.98
3.20 9.77
152.4 6 1.60 5.95 FD FD
2.00 7.42
2.60 9.60
3.20 11.84
203.2 8 1.60 7.95
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

2.00 9.92 FD
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

Tube finishes Tube is stocked in three different finishes: unpolished, 320 grit polished and 600 grit (highly polished). Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Food grade (FD) Marked as ‘FD’ indicates an additional stock range of tube suitable for use in a food processing operation. Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.
The tube is weld bead removed internally.
Cold Worked Annealed (CWA)
Stainless steel round tube – Specifications refer p1-2

Tube in 304/304L, 316/316L, 2205 is available on indent only.


Slotted Tube
Tubes with 15 x 15mm rebated slots are available for support of architectural glass panels.
Configurations: single slot, double at 90º, double at 180º
Grades: 304, 316
Finishes: 320#, 600#
Sizes: 50.8, 63.5, 76.2mm

www.atlassteels.com.au
7
S5
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel square tube – Specifications refer p1-2


Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.

Product size range and weight (kg/m)


Dimensions Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 0.9 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.5
12.70 1
/2 0.33 0.45 0.56
15.88 5
/8 0.40 0.55 0.70
19.05 3
/4 0.54 0.73 0.96
22.22 7
/8 0.57 0.80 1.02
25.40 1 0.67 0.93 1.22 1.49
31.75 1 /4
1
0.69 1.23 1.60 2.02
38.10 1 /2
1
0.83 1.42 1.85 2.33
50.80 2 1.12 1.90 2.46 3.13 3.03
63.50 21/2 3.16 3.92 3.79
76.20 3 4.80 4.54
101.6 4 6.46 6.06
152.4 6

Stainless steel structural square tube – Specifications refer p1-2


Mostly stocked in 304, more common sizes in both 304 and 316. Finish: polished for all stock.

Product size range and weight (kg/m)


Dimensions Wall thickness (mm)
mm 2 3 4 5
25 1.50 2.22
40 2.45 3.76 4.81
50 3.08 4.47 5.96 7.41
60 3.71 5.67 7.22 8.90
80 4.99 6.87 9.82 12.40
100 6.40 9.23 12.40 15.38
150 14.06 18.62 22.40

Note: “Polished” finish of square and rectangular tube is grit abrasive finished in the longitudinal direction.

8
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Grade 304 stainless steel rectangular tube – Specifications refer p1-2. Finish: polished.

Product size range and weight (kg/m)


Setical
Rectangular tube Weights (kg) Rectangular hollow
Dimensions Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Dimensions
mm inches 0.9 1.2 1.6 2 3 4 5 (mm)

25.40 x 12.70 1 x 1/2 0.54 0.72 0.94


31.75 x 12.70 1 /4 x /2
1 1
0.60 0.79 1.04 1.28
38.10 x 25.40 11/2 x 1 1.00 1.60 2.02 2.85 40 x 25
50.80 x 25.40 2x1 1.41 1.85 2.34 3.46 50 x 25
50.80 x 38.10 2 x 1 /21
1.64 2.18 2.70 4.12 50 x 40
63.50 x 38.10 2 /2 x 1 /2
1 1
2.52 3.14 4.65 5.96 60 x 40
76.20 x 25.40 3x1 2.66 3.39
76.20 x 38.10 3 x 11/2 2.99 3.67 5.43 7.22 8.90 80 x 40
76.20 x 50.80 3x2 3.80 5.93 8.50 10.63 80 x 50
101.6 x 50.80 4x2 4.60 6.95 9.09 11.24 100 x 50
152.4 x 76.20 6x3 11.25 15.05 18.80 150 x 80
152.4 x 101.6 6x4 12.26 16.35 20.40 150 x 100
203.2 x 101.6 8x4 14.06 18.62 22.40 200 x 100

Grade 304 and 316 stainless steel spiral welded tube – Specifications refer p1-2

Product size range and weight (kg/m)


Dimensions (OD) Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

76.20 3 3.00 3.80


101.6 4 4.00 5.00 6.30
127.0 5 5.00 6.30 7.90 9.50
152.4 6 6.10 7.60 9.50 11.40 13.20
203.2 8 8.10 10.10 12.60 15.10 17.70 20.20
254.0 10 10.10 12.60 15.80 18.90 22.10 25.20
304.8 12 12.10 15.10 18.90 22.70 26.50 30.30
355.6 14 14.10 17.70 22.10 26.50 30.90 35.30
406.4 16 16.10 20.20 25.20 30.30 35.30 40.40
457.2 18 18.20 22.70 28.40 34.10 39.70 45.40
508.0 20 20.20 25.20 31.50 37.80 44.10 50.50
558.8 22 22.20 27.70 34.70 41.60 48.60 55.50
609.6 24 30.30 37.80 45.40 53.00 60.50
762.0 30 37.80 47.30 56.80 66.20 75.70
1016.0 40 75.70 88.30 100.90

9
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Tube fittings

Complementing our stock of round tube is a range of tube fittings. The more common
tube fittings include bends, tees, reducing tees, eccentric and concentric reducers, BSM
unions and tube clamps.

Tube bends – Bends are generally stocked as 45, 90 or 180 degree. Three common
manufacturing processes are pulled bends (cold drawn bend), pressed bends and lobster
back bends. The process of manufacturing often relates to the diameter of the tube and
the thickness of material used. Up to and including 152.4mm the bends are generally
pulled, by far the most commonly supplied bends. Pressed bends can be from 101.6 to
305mm OD. Lobster back bends are generally supplied in diameters 101.6mm and
above and these bends are used generally to suit spiral welded tube.

To maintain a level of quality and consistency Atlas stocks pulled bends with an
extended leg. The importance of this style of bend ensures each end of the bend is
finished off true and accurate. The extended leg gives the ability to maintain the original
circularity of the tube and a precise 45 or 90 degree radius measured from across the
end face of the bends.

45 degree 90 degree 180 degree

Tees – Two common processes of manufacturing are welded or pulled tees. To maintain
product quality and consistency welded tees are stocked as opposed to pulled tees.
Tees are stocked in two forms; equal or reducing. An equal tee has all three branches of
the tee equal in diameter. A reducing tee has a reduced diameter of tube on the branch
section of the tee.

Equal tee Reducing tee

As tube fittings are often used in the food industry and hygiene is important many of
these fittings are stocked in a polished finish.

10
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel butt welding tube fittings


Commonly stocked as 304 and 316. Finish: polished or unpolished.

Product size range and weight (kg)


Bends Bends Bends Equal
Dimensions 45 degree 90 degree 180 degree tee
OD
Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm)
mm inches 1.6 2 1.6 2 1.6 2 1.6 2

9.52 3
/8 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.04
12.70 1
/2 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05
19.05 3
/4 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.09
25.40 1 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.13 0.15
31.75 11/4 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.20 0.25
38.10 1 /21
0.07 0.08 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.13 0.30 0.38
50.80 5 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.50 0.65
63.50 2 /21
0.18 0.23 0.23 0.29 0.31 0.38 0.80 1.10
76.20 3 0.27 0.33 0.34 0.42 0.45 0.56 1.10 1.50
101.6 4 0.48 0.60 0.60 0.75 0.80 1.00 1.60 2.30
127.0 5 0.75 0.94 0.95 1.17 1.26 1.57 1.80 3.80
152.4 6 1.09 1.36 1.36 1.7 1.81 2.26 2.80 5.40
203.2 8 1.94 2.42 2.42 3.02 3.23 4.03 3.50 8.40
254.0 10 2.90 3.49 3.50 4.50 4.70 5.05 4.30 9.90

Usual stock range is 1.6mm wall thickness up to 127mm diameter, and 2.0mm wall thickness for large sizes.

11
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Stainless steel reducing tube fittings


Commonly stocked as 316. Finish: polished.
Product size range and weight (kg)
Con Ecc Reducing Con Ecc Reducing
Dimensions reducer reducer tees Dimensions reducer reducer tees
OD OD
Wall thickness (mm) Wall thickness (mm)
mm mm 1.6 1.6 1.6 mm mm 1.6 1.6 1.6

19.05 12.70 0.02 0.02 0.08 76.20 50.80 0.25 0.25 1.10
25.40 12.70 0.04 0.04 0.13 76.20 63.50 0.25 0.25 1.10
25.40 19.05 0.04 0.04 0.13 101.6 25.40 0.30 0.30 1.60
31.75 12.70 0.05 0.05 0.20 101.6 38.10 0.30 0.30 1.60
31.75 25.40 0.05 0.05 0.20 101.6 50.80 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 12.70 0.05 0.05 0.30 101.6 63.50 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 19.05 0.05 0.05 0.30 101.6 76.20 0.30 0.30 1.60
38.10 25.40 0.05 0.05 0.30 127.0 50.80 0.60 0.60 1.80
38.10 31.75 0.05 0.05 0.30 127.0 63.50 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 12.70 0.10 0.10 0.50 127.0 76.20 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 19.05 0.10 0.10 0.50 127.0 101.6 0.60 0.60 1.80
50.80 25.40 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 50.80 0.70 0.70 2.80
50.80 31.75 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 63.50 0.70 0.70 2.80
50.80 38.10 0.10 0.10 0.50 152.4 76.20 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 25.40 0.10 0.10 0.80 152.4 101.6 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 38.10 0.10 0.10 0.80 152.4 127.0 0.70 0.70 2.80
63.50 50.80 0.10 0.10 0.80 203.2 101.6 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 25.40 0.25 0.25 1.10 203.2 127.0 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 31.75 0.25 0.25 1.10 203.2 152.4 1.60 1.60 3.50
76.20 38.10 0.25 0.25 1.10

Con reducer Ecc reducer Interlocking clamp Foot 25 x 50mm Foot 65mm dia.

Stainless steel plain tube clamps

(mm) 25.40 31.75 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 88.90 101.6 127.0 152.4 203.2

(inches) 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8

Stainless steel feet and plastic inserts


Plastic inserts to suit square tube 25.40, 31.75, 38.10 –
12 Stainless steel feet machine adjust tread with base 50mm or 63.5mm.
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

BSM unions

British Standard Milk (BSM) stainless steel unions were designed specifically for tube
installation in the dairy industry, but they are now commonly used in food and beverage
processing and the pharmaceutical industries where crevice-free hygienic conditions are
required. A commonly used term is ‘CIP’ which comes from the phrase Clean In Place.

Liner RJT (Ring Joint Type) – often referred to as a standard union comprises an
Nut ‘O’ ring style gasket. This leaves a small crevice internally where the liner
and male part of the union overlap, this is not suitable for permanent CIP.

Male Part
Gasket

Liner CIP (Australian style) – developed from a RJT union, features a gasket
Nut giving the desirable characteristics for CIP installation. The gasket fills the
crevice between the liner and male part of the union.

Male Part
Gasket

Liner CIPFF – the FF stands for ‘Flat Face’ and refers to a BSM modified union
Nut supporting CIP installations. The gasket is moulded completely filling the
crevice between the liner and male part and allows a small lip to give a
flush finish on the ID of the fitting. The liner and male parts of this union
have been modified creating a flat face style sealed with a flat face gasket.
Male Part A flat faced liner and male part used in a CIPFF union are shaped differently
Gasket
to that used in an RJT or CIP union.

Note: Temperature rating of EPDM “E” gasket material is -51ºC to 148ºC.

13
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

BSM unions

Union (complete) RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.41 0.45 0.61 0.71 1.01 1.41 1.71

Liners – Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50

Male parts – Grade 316 RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50

Gaskets – EPDM rubber – RJT, CIP and CIPFF


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Blank caps – Grade 316


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.60

Blank nuts – Grade 304


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.70

Hex nut – Grade 304


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.70

A range of spanners and valves (ball and butterfly) is also available to match nominal
tube dimensions.

14
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 5: STAINLESS STEEL TUBE AND FITTINGS

Tri-clamp stainless steel tube fittings


A tri-clamp is used to eliminate the need for a threaded joining system,
Ferrule union
employing a hinged clamp instead. The joint is common in CIP installation
where the seal fills the crevice completely.

A range of spanners and valves (ball and butterfly) is also available to


match nominal tube dimensions.

Tri-clamp Unions Complete


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.4 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.4

Tri-clamp Ferrule – 316


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.7

Tri-clamp Gaskets – EPDM rubber


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Tri-clamp Clamp – 316


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6 152.4
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4 6
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.7 1.0

Tri-clamp Cap – 316


(mm) 25.40 38.10 50.80 63.50 76.20 101.6
(inches) 1 1 /2
1
2 2 /2
1
3 4
Weight (kg) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.40

Note: Temperature rating of EPDM “E” gasket material is -51ºC to 148ºC.

15
S5

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Carbon Steel Pipe Fittings,
Flanges and Tube

6 Carbon Steel Pipe


Fittings, Flanges and Tube

Photography courtesy of Darwin LNG and Atlas Specialty Metals.


www.atlasste els.com.au
Specifications • Carbon Steel Pipe, Buttwelding Fittings, Flanges

Linepipe Specification ASTM A53/A53M Buttwelding Specification ASTM A234M


Dimensions ASME B36.10M Fittings (Moderate and High Temperature Service)

Printed July 2010


Product Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Welded and Seamless Carbon and Alloy
Grades A, B Steel Pipe Fittings
ASTM A420M
Specification ASTM A106 (Low Temperature Service)
Dimensions ASME B36.10M Welded and Seamless Carbon and Alloy
Product Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Steel Pipe Fittings
Service Dimensions ASME B16.9
Grades A,B,C Product Elbows, Reducing Elbows, Returns, Tees,
Crosses, Reducers, Stub Ends, Caps
Specification ASTM A335/A335M Grade WPB, Refer standard for others
Dimensions ASME B36.10M
Product Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High
Temperature Service Flanges Specification ASTM A105M
Grades Refer Standard for grades Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
Dimensions ASME B16.5
Specification ASTM A333/A333M Product Weld Neck, Slip-on, Blind Flanges
Dimensions ASME B36.10M Face Plain, Raised Face
Product Seamless & Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe for Bore Pipe Schedule
Low Temperature Service Class 150, 300,400, 600, 900, 1500, 2500 (to
Grade Refer Standard for grades 600mm only)
Grade Carbon Steel
Specification API 5L/ISO 3183
Dimensions ASME B36.10M, API 5L
Product Seamless & Welded for Line Pipe Specification AS 2129
Grades A, B, X42, X52, X60, Refer API 5L specification for Flanges for Pipes, Valves and Fittings
others Dimensions AS 2129
“Table” flanges pressure – temperature
Structural Steel Specification AS 1163 ratings, materials and dimensions
Dimensions AS 1163 Application Slip-on, Blind “Table” Flanges
Product Structural Steel Hollow Sections Face Plain
Grade C350 Bore To suit Pipe & Tube OD
Table D, E, F, and H

www.atlassteels.com.au
1
1

S4
S6
2
S6
Carbon Steel Pipe • Dimensions

Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163

Printed July 2010


Nominal size OD
All dimensions
Chart of Commom in mm
are Stainless Steel Pipe Grades Grade C350

Printed July 2010


Chemical
ScheduleAnalysis (%) Specified Wall Thickness in mm
DN NPS mm
10 20 30 40 Std 60 80 XS 100 120 140 160 XXS 4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7
6 1/8 10.3 1.24 1.45 1.73 1.73 2.41 2.41
8 1/4 13.7 1.65 1.85 2.24 2.24 3.02 3.02
10 3/8 17.1 1.65 1.85 2.31 2.31 3.20 3.20
15 1/2 21.3 2.11 2.41 2.77 2.77 3.73 3.73 4.78 7.47
20 3/4 26.7 2.11 2.41 2.87 2.87 3.91 5.56 7.82
25 1 33.4 2.77 2.90 3.38 3.38 4.55 4.55 6.35 9.09
32 11/4 42.2 2.77 2.97 3.56 3.56 4.85 4.85 6.35 9.70
40 11/2 48.3 2.77 3.18 3.68 3.68 5.08 5.08 7.14 10.15
50 2 60.3 2.77 3.18 3.91 3.91 5.54 5.54 8.74 11.07
65 21/2 73.0 3.05 4.78 5.16 5.16 7.01 7.01 9.53 14.02
80 3 88.9 3.05 4.78 5.49 5.49 7.62 7.62 11.13 15.24 � �
90 31/2 101.6 3.05 4.78 5.74 5.74 8.08 8.08
100 4 114.3 3.05 4.78 6.02 6.02 8.56 8.56 11.13 13.49 17.12 � �
125 5 141.3 3.40 6.55 6.55 9.53 9.53 12.70 15.88 19.05
150 6 168.3 3.40 7.11 7.11 10.97 10.97 14.27 18.26 21.95 � � �
200 8 219.1 3.76 6.35 7.04 8.18 8.18 10.31 12.70 12.70 15.09 18.26 20.62 23.01 22.23 � � � �
250 10 273.0 4.19 6.35 7.80 9.27 9.27 12.70 15.09 12.70 18.26 21.44 25.40 28.58 25.40 � � � �
300 12 323.8 4.57 6.35 8.38 10.31 9.53 14.27 17.48 12.70 21.44 25.40 28.58 33.32 25.40 � � �
350 14 355.6 6.35 7.92 9.53 11.13 9.53 15.09 19.05 12.70 23.83 27.79 31.75 35.71 � � �
400 16 406.4 6.35 7.92 9.53 12.70 9.53 16.66 21.44 12.70 26.19 30.96 36.53 40.49 � � �
450 18 457 6.35 7.92 11.13 14.27 9.53 19.05 23.83 12.70 29.36 34.93 39.67 45.24 � � �
500 20 508 6.35 9.53 12.70 15.09 9.53 20.62 26.19 12.70 32.54 38.10 44.45 50.01
550 22 559 6.35 9.53 12.70 9.53 22.23 28.58 12.70 34.93 41.28 47.63 53.98
600 24 610 6.35 9.53 14.27 17.48 9.53 24.61 30.96 12.70 38.89 46.02 52.37 59.54
650 26 660 7.92 12.70 9.53 12.70
700 28 711 7.92 12.70 15.88 9.53 12.70
750 30 762 7.92 12.70 15.88 9.53 12.70
800 32 813 7.92 12.70 15.88 17.48 9.53 12.70
850 34 864 7.92 12.70 15.88 17.48 9.53 12.70
900 36 914 7.92 12.70 15.88 19.05 9.53 12.70
950 38 965 9.53 12.70
1000 40 1016 9.53 12.70
1050 42 1067 9.53 12.70
1100 44 1118 9.53 12.70
1150 46 1168 9.53 12.70
1200 48 1219 9.53 12.70

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
Note 1: For dimensional tolerances refer to ASMT A53 or A106M
Equivalent sizes shown in API Specification 5L
Carbon Steel Pipe • Weights

Nominal size OD Welded & Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe to ASME B36.10M Structural Steel Hollow Sections to AS1163

Printed July 2010


All weights
Chart of Commom kg/m
are inStainless Steel Pipe Grades All weights are in kg/m

Printed July 2010


Chemical
ScheduleAnalysis (%) Specified Wall Thickness in mm
DN NPS mm
10 20 30 40 Std 60 80 XS 100 120 140 160 XXS 4.8 5.5 6.0 6.4 7.1 8.2 9.3 9.5 12.7

6 1/8 10.3 0.28 0.32 0.37 0.37 0.47 0.47


8 1/4 13.7 0.49 0.54 0.63 0.63 0.80 0.80
10 3/8 17.1 0.63 0.70 0.84 0.84 1.10 1.10
15 1/2 21.3 1.00 1.12 1.27 1.27 1.62 1.62 1.95 2.55
20 3/4 26.7 1.28 1.44 1.69 1.69 2.20 2.20 2.90 3.64
25 1 33.4 2.09 2.18 2.50 2.50 3.24 3.24 4.24 5.45
32 11/4 42.2 2.70 2.87 3.39 3.39 4.47 4.47 5.61 7.77
40 11/2 48.3 3.11 3.53 4.05 4.05 5.41 5.41 7.25 9.56
50 2 60.3 3.93 4.48 5.44 5.44 7.48 7.48 11.11 13.44
65 21/2 73.0 5.26 8.04 8.63 8.63 11.41 11.41 14.92 20.39
80 3 88.9 6.45 9.92 11.29 11.29 15.27 15.27 21.35 27.67 10.0 11.3
90 31/2 101.6 7.40 11.41 13.57 13.57 18.63 18.63
100 4 114.3 8.36 12.91 16.07 16.07 22.32 22.32 28.32 33.54 41.03 13.0 16.0
125 5 141.3 11.57 21.77 21.77 30.97 30.97 40.28 49.11 57.43
150 6 168.3 13.84 28.26 28.26 42.56 42.56 54.20 67.56 79.22 19.4 25.6 28.2
200 8 219.1 19.96 33.31 36.81 42.55 42.55 53.08 64.64 64.64 75.92 90.44 100.92 111.27 107.92 25.4 33.6 42.6 64.6
250 10 273.0 27.78 41.77 51.03 60.31 60.31 81.55 96.01 81.55 114.75 133.06 155.15 172.33 155.15 31.8 42.1 60.5 81.5
300 12 323.8 36.00 49.73 65.20 79.73 73.88 108.96 132.08 97.43 159.91 186.97 208.14 238.76 186.97 50.1 73.7 97.5
350 14 355.6 54.69 67.90 81.33 94.55 81.33 126.71 158.10 107.39 194.96 224.65 253.56 281.70 55.1 81.1 107.0
400 16 406.4 62.64 77.83 93.27 123.30 93.27 160.12 203.53 123.30 245.56 286.64 333.19 365.35 63.1 93.0 123.0
450 18 457 70.57 87.71 122.38 155.80 105.16 205.74 254.55 139.15 309.62 363.56 408.26 459.37 71.1 105.0 139.0
500 20 508 78.55 117.15 155.12 183.42 117.15 247.83 311.17 155.12 381.53 441.49 508.11 564.81
550 22 559 86.54 129.13 171.09 129.13 294.25 373.83 171.09 451.42 527.02 600.63 672.26
600 24 610 94.53 141.12 209.64 255.41 141.12 355.26 442.08 187.06 547.71 640.03 720.15 808.22
650 26 660 127.36 202.72 152.87 202.72
700 28 711 137.32 218.69 271.21 164.85 218.69
750 30 762 147.28 234.67 292.18 176.84 234.67
800 32 813 157.24 250.64 312.15 342.91 188.82 250.64
850 34 864 167.20 266.61 332.12 364.90 200.31 266.61
Note 1: All weights are theoretical and approximate
900 36 914 176.96 282.27 351.70 420.42 212.56 282.27
Note 2: Formula for circular steel pipe kilograms/metre M = (D-t) t x 0.02466
950 38 965 224.54 298.24
Equivalent sizes shown in API Specification 5L
1000 40 1016 236.53 314.22
1050 42 1067 248.52 330.19
1100 44 1118 260.50 346.16
1150 46 1168 272.25 351.82
1200 48 1219 284.24 377.79

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
3
S6
4
S6
Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings • Dimensions
Buttwelding Fittings to ASME B16.9

Printed July 2010


Elbows Returns Stub Ends
Nominal size Long Short Caps Reducers
OD Radius of Diam

Printed July 2010


Long Short Note 1 Long Short
90 deg 45 deg 90 deg Fillet of Lap
DN NPS D A B A O K O K E H F F R G

15 1/2 21.3 38 16 76 48 25 76 51 3 35
20 3/4 26.7 38 19 76 51 25 38 76 51 3 43
25 1 33.4 38 22 25 76 56 51 41 38 51 102 51 3 51
32 11/4 42.2 48 25 32 95 70 64 52 38 51 102 51 5 64
40 11/2 48.3 57 29 38 114 83 76 62 38 64 102 51 6 73
50 2 60.3 76 35 51 152 106 102 81 38 76 152 64 8 92
65 21/2 73.0 95 44 64 190 132 127 100 38 89 152 64 8 106
ELBOW
80 3 88.9 114 51 76 229 159 152 121 51 89 152 64 10 127
90 31/2 101.6 133 57 89 267 184 178 140 64 102 152 76 10 140
100 4 114.3 152 64 102 305 210 203 159 64 102 152 76 11 157
125 5 141.3 190 79 127 381 262 254 197 76 127 203 76 11 185
150 6 168.3 229 95 152 457 313 305 237 89 140 203 89 13 218
200 8 219.1 305 127 203 610 414 406 313 102 152 203 102 13 270
250 10 273.0 381 159 254 762 518 508 391 127 178 254 127 13 324
300 12 323.8 457 190 305 914 619 610 467 152 203 254 152 13 381
350 14 355.6 533 222 356 1067 711 711 533 165 330 305 152 13 413
400 16 406.4 610 254 406 1219 813 813 610 178 356 305 152 13 470
450 18 457 686 286 457 1372 914 914 686 203 381 305 152 13 533
500 20 508 762 318 508 1524 1016 1016 762 229 508 305 152 13 584
550 22 559 838 343 559 1676 1118 1118 838 254 508 305 152 13 641
600 24 610 914 381 610 1829 1219 1219 914 267 508 305 152 13 692
650 26 660 991 405 267 610
700 28 711 1067 438 267 610
750 30 762 1143 470 267 610
800 32 813 1219 502 267 610
850 34 864 1295 533 267 610
RETURN
900 36 914 1372 565 267 610
950 38 965 1448 600 305 610
1000 40 1016 1524 632 305 610
1050 42 1067 1600 660 305 610
1100 44 1118 1676 695 343 610
1150 46 1168 1753 727 343 711
1200 48 1219 1829 759 343 711

Note 1: Reducer dimension "H" is based on large end nominal size


Note square
corner

CAP
Enlarged Section
of Lap
REDUCER STUB END

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
All dimensions are in millimetres.
Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings • Dimensions
Buttwelding Tees and Crosses to ASME B16.9

Printed July 2010


Nominal Outside Centre- Centre-to-End Outlet
Chart of Commom Stainless Steel PipeMGrades
Size Diam. to-End Run

Printed July 2010


Chemical Analysis (%) Specified
DN NPS D C 8 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 90 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
8 3/8 13.7
10 1/4 17.3
15 1/2 21.3 25 25 25 25
20 3/4 26.7 29 29 29 29
25 1 33.4 38 38 38 38
32 11/4 42.2 48 49 48 48 48
40 11/2 48.3 57 57 57 57 57 57
50 2 60.3 64 44 51 57 60 64
65 21/2 73.0 76 57 64 67 70 76
80 3 88.9 86 70 73 76 83 86
90 31/2 101.6 95 79 83 89 92 95
100 4 114.3 105 86 89 95 98 102 105
125 5 141.3 124 105 108 111 114 117 124
150 6 168.3 143 121 124 127 130 137 143
CROSS
200 8 219.1 178 152 156 162 168 178
250 10 273.0 216 184 191 194 203 216
300 12 323.8 254 216 219 229 241 254
350 14 355.6 279 238 248 257 270 279
400 16 406.4 305 264 273 283 295 305 305
450 18 457 343 298 308 321 330 330 343
500 20 508 381 324 333 346 356 356 368 381
550 22 559 419 359 371 381 381 394 406 419
600 24 610 432 384 397 406 406 419 432 432 432
650 26 660 495 422 432 432 444 457 470 483 495
700 28 711 521 448 457 457 470 483 495 508 521 521
750 30 762 559 460 473 483 483 495 508 521 533 546 546 559
800 32 813 597 508 508 521 533 546 559 572 572 584 597
850 34 864 635 533 546 559 572 584 597 597 610 622 635
900 36 914 673 559 572 584 597 610 622 622 635 648 660 673
950 38 965 711 TEE 597 610 622 635 648 648 673 686 698 711 711
1000 40 1016 749 622 635 648 660 673 673 698 711 724 737 749 749
1050 42 1067 762 635 648 660 660 660 698 698 711 711 711 711 711 711 711
1100 44 1118 813 686 686 698 698 698 711 711 724 724 737 749 762 762
1150 46 1168 851 724 724 737 737 737 749 749 762 762 775 787 800 800
1200 48 1219 889 737 737 762 762 762 787 787 787 813 813 813 838 838 838

www.atlassteels.com.au
All dimensions are in millimetres.

www.atlassteels.com.au
5
S6
6
S6
Carbon Steel Buttwelding Fittings • Weights

Printed July 2010


Buttwelding Fittings (kgs per unit)
Standard Weight Sch 160

Printed July 2010


XS
Nominal Elbows Returns Stub Ends Elbows Returns Stub Ends Elbows
OD XS
size Long Short Caps Reducers Tees Long Short Caps Reducers Tees Long Short Caps Reducers Tees
Long Short MSS ASME Long Short MSS ASME
DN NPS mm 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg 90 deg 45 deg 90 deg

15 1/2 21.3 0.08 0.04 0.16 0.04 0.12 0.14 0.09 0.10 0.05 0.20 0.05 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.06 0.12
20 3/4 26.7 0.11 0.06 0.21 0.05 0.06 0.15 0.18 0.13 0.14 0.70 0.21 0.07 0.08 0.17 0.2 0.17 0.13 0.09 0.21
25 1 33.4 0.16 0.08 0.11 0.31 0.21 0.11 0.12 0.19 0.3 0.25 0.20 0.10 0.14 0.41 0.26 0.15 0.15 0.24 0.38 0.32 0.25 0.13 0.17 0.2 0.19 0.41
32 11/4 42.2 0.26 0.13 0.18 0.52 0.35 0.14 0.16 0.26 0.41 0.43 0.35 0.18 0.23 0.70 0.46 0.20 0.21 0.35 0.55 0.56 0.42 0.21 0.28 0.25 0.25 0.69
40 11/2 48.3 0.37 0.19 0.25 0.74 0.49 0.17 0.25 0.38 0.55 0.61 0.50 0.25 0.33 1.02 0.66 0.24 0.33 0.46 0.68 0.81 0.65 0.33 0.43 0.35 0.43 1.07
50 2 60.3 0.66 0.33 0.44 1.3 0.87 0.24 0.38 0.54 0.99 0.88 0.90 0.45 0.6 1.88 1.19 0.33 0.51 0.74 1.36 1.2 1.33 0.67 0.89 0.54 0.75 1.78
65 21/2 73.0 1.29 0.69 0.91 2.73 1.82 0.42 0.73 0.8 1.56 1.74 1.79 0.90 1.19 3.56 2.38 0.57 0.95 1.06 2.08 2.28 2.33 1.17 1.49 0.77 1.2 2.86
80 3 88.9 2.04 1.02 1.36 4.07 2.71 0.67 0.94 1.13 2.13 2.41 2.74 1.37 1.83 5.74 3.65 0.92 1.25 1.51 2.84 3.25 3.83 1.92 2.55 1.4 1.71 4.55
90 31/2 101.6 2.94 1.47 1.97 5.65 3.77 0.92 1.19 1.47 2.58 3.26 4.05 2.02 207 12.72 5.21 1.3 1.64 2.01 3.51 4.51 5.92 2.96 3.95 2.1 2.35 6.52
100 4 114.3 3.84 1.92 2.56 7.67 5.11 1.17 1.45 1.81 3.04 4.12 5.36 2.68 3.58 15.76 7.15 1.68 2.02 2.52 4.23 5.77 8.02 4.01 5.35 2.76 3 8.5
125 5 141.3 6.48 3.24 4.32 13 8.64 1.9 2.5 2.53 5.3 6.54 9.13 4.57 6.09 19.39 12.2 2.73 3.52 3.6 7.52 9.2 14.7 7.35 9.79 4.85 5.59 14.8
150 6 168.3 9.94 4.97 6.63 19.9 13.3 2.83 3.6 3.73 6.89 9.58 15 7.50 10 31.98 20 4.38 5.38 5.57 10.42 14.5 24.2 12.1 16.2 7.81 8.63 23.3
200 8 219.1 20.1 10.1 13.4 40.3 26.8 5.11 5.7 5.89 10.42 17.9 30.5 15.3 20.3 64.33 40.7 7.91 8.63 10.12 15.86 27.1 53.2 26.6 35.5 15.2 15 47.2
250 10 273.0 35.4 17.7 23.6 70.8 47.2 8.92 9.6 10.42 18.12 30.4 47.7 23.9 31.8 99.66 74.9 12.2 12.9 13.95 24.28 41 103 51.5 68.6 28.9 27.5 88
300 12 323.8 52 26 34.6 112 71.9 13.1 13.6 14.9 22.2 43.6 68.7 34.4 45.8 144.96 94.9 17.4 18 19.93 29.81 57.7 171 85.5 114 47.7 44.6 143
350 14 355.6 67.9 34 45.3 15.9 25.4 15.5 28.3 53.5 89.9 15 60 21.2 33.6 21 38 70.9 236 118 158 61.2 88.5 186
400 16 406.4 89 44.5 59.1 20 31 18 32.7 66.1 118 59 78.3 26.7 41.1 24 44 87.7 350 175 234 92.8 121 260
450 18 457 113 56.5 75.3 25.5 37.8 21 37.5 83.9 150 75.5 100 34.1 50.1 28 50 111 495 247 330 131 165 356
500 20 508 140 70 93.1 31.8 55.4 23.3 41.7 104 186 93 124 42.5 74.9 31 56 138 676 338 451 179 233 502
550 22 559 169 84.5 113 38.8 62.4 25.8 46.3 126 225 113 150 51.7 82.9 33 61 167 886 443 591 219 657
600 24 610 202 101 135 45.1 68.4 28.4 50.5 139 268 134 179 60.1 91 37 67 186 1160 580 773 307 800
650 26 660 237 119 158 50.5 89.4 176 315 158 210 67.3 119 234
700 28 711 276 138 184 56.2 96.6 198 367 184 245 74.9 129 264
750 30 762 316 158 211 62.1 104 228 421 211 281 82.8 138 304
800 32 813 361 180 241 68.4 111 259 480 240 320 91.2 148 347
850 34 864 406 204 272 75.4 116 295 543 272 362 100 158 393
900 36 914 457 228 304 81.9 125 331 608 304 405 109 167 441
950 38 965 510 255 340 94.7 133 370 679 339 453 126 177 493
1000 40 1016 565 282 377 102 140 411 753 376 502 137 187 547
1050 42 1067 622 311 416 110 147 422 828 414 554 147 196 562
1100 44 1118 684 342 456 126 155 475 912 456 608 167 206 633
1150 46 1168 748 374 499 134 189 521 997 498 665 179 252 695
1200 48 1219 814 407 543 143 197 569 1085 542 724 191 263 759

www.atlassteels.com.au
Note 1: All weights are approximate

www.atlassteels.com.au
Carbon Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Class 150 Flanges to ASME B16.5 Class 600 Flanges to ASME B16.5
Dimensions Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg) Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud RF Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
Welding Slip-on/ Machine Welding Slip-on/

Printed July 2010


OD min Diameter Socket Neck / Circle Hole Bolt OD min Diameter Socket Neck / Circle Hole Bolt
Neck Socket Welding Welding Socket Bolt Neck Socket Welding Welding Socket
DN NPS (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck Diameter Diameter Bolts Length DN NPS (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck Diameter Diameter Bolts Length
tf min Welding Length Welding tf min Welding Welding
O X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind O X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1 1
15 ⁄2 90 9.6 30 21.3 14 46 22.2 15.8 60.3 15.9 4 55 50 0.4 0.5 0.4 15 ⁄2 95 14.3 38 21.3 22 52 22.2 Note (1) 66.7 15.9 4 75 0.9 0.9 0.9
3 3
20 ⁄4 100 11.2 38 26.7 14 51 27.7 20.9 69.9 15.9 4 65 50 0.6 0.7 0.6 20 ⁄4 115 15.9 48 26.7 25 57 27.7 Note (1) 82.6 19.1 4 90 1.4 1.6 1.4
25 1 110 12.7 49 33.4 16 54 34.5 26.6 79.4 15.9 4 65 55 0.8 1.0 0.9 25 1 125 17.5 54 33.4 27 62 34.5 Note (1) 88.9 19.1 4 90 1.8 1.9 1.8
32 1 1⁄4 115 14.3 59 42.2 19 56 43.2 35.1 88.9 15.9 4 70 55 1.0 1.3 1.2 32 1 1⁄4 135 20.7 64 42.2 29 67 43.2 Note (1) 98.4 19.1 4 95 2.6 2.5 2.4
40 1 1⁄2 125 15.9 65 48.3 21 60 49.5 40.9 98.4 15.9 4 70 65 1.3 1.7 1.5
40 1 1⁄2 155 22.3 70 48.3 32 70 49.5 Note (1) 114.3 22.2 4 110 3.2 3.6 3.4
50 2 150 17.5 78 60.3 24 62 61.9 52.5 120.7 19.1 4 85 70 2.1 2.6 2.4
50 2 165 25.4 84 60.3 37 73 61.9 Note (1) 127.0 19.1 8 110 3.9 4.5 4.4
65 2 1⁄2 180 20.7 90 73.0 27 68 76.6 62.7 139.7 19.1 4 90 75 3.3 4.1 3.9
65 2 1⁄2 190 28.6 100 73.0 41 79 74.6 Note (1) 149.2 22.2 8 120 5.9 6.4 6.8
80 3 190 22.3 108 88.9 29 68 90.7 77.9 152.4 19.1 4 90 75 3.9 4.9 4.9
90 3 1⁄2 215 22.3 122 101.6 30 70 103.4 90.1 177.8 19.1 8 90 75 4.8 6.1 6.2 80 3 210 31.8 117 88.9 46 83 90.7 Note (1) 168.3 22.2 8 125 7.4 8.1 8.9
100 4 230 22.3 135 114.3 32 75 116.1 102.3 190.5 19.1 8 90 75 5.3 6.8 7.0 90 3 1⁄2 230 35.0 133 101.6 49 86 103.4 Note (1) 184.2 25.4 8 140 12 13
125 5 255 22.3 164 141.3 35 87 143.8 128.2 215.9 22.2 8 95 85 6.1 8.6 8.6 100 4 275 38.1 152 114.3 54 102 116.1 Note (1) 215.9 25.4 8 145 17 19
100 4 230 22.3 135 114.3 32 75 116.1 102.3 190.5 19.1 8 90 75 5.3 6.8 7.0 125 5 330 44.5 189 141.3 60 114 143.8 Note (1) 266.7 28.6 8 165 31 31
125 5 255 22.3 164 141.3 35 87 143.8 128.2 215.9 22.2 8 95 85 6.1 8.6 8.6 150 6 355 47.7 222 168.3 67 117 170.7 Note (1) 292.1 28.6 12 170 37 38
150 6 280 23.9 192 168.3 38 87 170.7 154.1 241.3 22.2 8 100 85 7.5 11 11 200 8 420 55.6 273 219.1 76 133 221.5 Note (1) 349.2 31.8 12 190 51 62
200 8 345 27.0 246 219.1 43 100 221.5 202.7 298.5 22.2 8 110 90 12 18 20 250 10 510 63.5 343 273.0 86 152 276.2 Note (1) 431.8 34.9 16 215 86 102
250 10 405 28.6 305 273.0 48 100 276.2 254.6 362.0 25.4 12 115 100 17 24 29
300 12 560 66.7 400 323.8 92 156 327.0 Note (1) 489.0 34.9 20 220 103 132
300 12 485 30.2 365 323.8 54 113 327.0 304.8 431.8 25.4 12 120 100 26 37 43
350 14 605 69.9 432 355.6 94 165 359.2 Note (1) 527.0 38.1 20 235 122 158
350 14 535 33.4 400 355.6 56 125 359.2 Note (1) 476.3 28.6 12 135 115 35 48 58
400 16 685 76.2 495 406.4 106 178 410.5 Note (1) 603.2 41.3 20 255 177 225
400 16 595 35.0 457 406.4 62 125 410.5 Note (1) 539.8 28.6 16 135 115 45 61 76
450 18 635 38.1 505 457.0 67 138 461.8 Note (1) 577.9 31.8 16 145 125 49 68 94 450 18 745 82.6 546 457.0 117 184 461.8 Note (1) 654.0 44.5 20 275 216 285
500 20 700 41.3 559 508.0 71 143 513.1 Note (1) 635.0 31.8 20 160 140 62 85 122 500 20 815 88.9 610 508.0 127 190 513.1 Note (1) 723.9 44.5 24 285 268 365
600 24 815 46.1 663 610.0 81 151 616.0 Note (1) 749.3 34.9 20 170 150 87 115 186 600 24 940 101.6 718 610.0 140 203 616.0 Note (1) 838.2 50.8 24 330 372 533

Class 300 Flanges to ASME B16.5


Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud RF
OD min Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck / Machine
Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS (mm) Socket Bolt
(mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1
15 ⁄2 95 12.7 38 21.3 21 51 22.2 15.8 66.7 15.9 4 65 55 0.6 0.8 0.6
3
20 ⁄4 115 14.3 48 26.7 24 56 27.7 20.9 82.6 19.1 4 75 65 1.2 1.3 1.2
25 1 125 15.9 54 33.4 25 60 34.5 26.6 88.9 19.1 4 75 65 1.4 1.6 1.4
32 1 1⁄4 135 17.5 64 42.2 25 64 43.2 35.1 98.4 19.1 4 85 70 1.7 2.1 1.8
40 1 1⁄2 155 19.1 70 48.3 29 67 49.5 40.9 114.3 22.2 4 90 75 2.6 3.1 2.7
50 2 165 20.7 84 60.3 32 68 61.9 52.5 127.0 19.1 8 90 75 2.9 3.4 3.1
65 2 1⁄2 190 23.9 100 73.0 37 75 74.6 62.7 149.2 22.2 8 100 85 4.5 5.3 4.8
80 3 210 27.0 117 88.9 41 78 90.7 77.9 168.3 22.2 8 110 90 6.2 7.3 6.8
90 3 1⁄2 230 28.6 133 101.6 43 79 103.4 90.1 184.2 22.2 8 110 95 8.2 9.5
100 4 255 30.2 146 114.3 46 84 116.1 102.3 200.0 22.2 8 115 95 11 12
125 5 280 33.4 178 141.3 49 97 143.8 128.2 235.0 22.2 8 120 110 15 16
150 6 320 35.0 206 168.3 51 97 170.7 154.1 269.9 22.2 12 120 110 20 21
200 8 380 39.7 260 219.1 60 110 221.5 202.7 330.2 25.4 12 140 120 30 35
250 10 445 46.1 321 273.0 65 116 276.2 254.6 387.4 28.6 16 160 140 44 55
300 12 520 49.3 375 323.8 71 129 327.0 304.8 450.8 31.8 16 170 145 64 79
350 14 585 52.4 425 355.6 75 141 359.2 Note (1) 514.4 31.8 20 180 160 88 107
400 16 650 55.6 483 406.4 81 144 410.5 Note (1) 571.5 34.9 20 190 165 113 139
450 18 710 58.8 533 457.0 87 157 461.8 Note (1) 628.6 34.9 24 195 170 138 177
500 20 775 62.0 587 508.0 94 160 513.1 Note (1) 685.8 34.9 24 205 185 167 223 Note 1: To be specified by purchaser.
600 24 915 68.3 702 610.0 105 167 616.0 Note (1) 812.8 41.3 24 230 205 235 342 Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Note 3: Welding neck flange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.
7
S6
8
S6
Carbon Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Class 900 Flanges to ASME B16.5 Class 2500 Flanges to ASME B16.5
Dimensions Dimensions
Flange Weight (kg) Flange Weight (kg)

Printed July 2010


Nominal Size Nominal Size
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
Welding Slip-on/ Welding Slip-on/

Printed July 2010


OD min Diameter Socket Neck / Circle Hole Bolt OD min Diameter Socket Neck / Circle Hole Bolt
Neck Socket Welding Welding Socket Neck Socket Welding Welding Socket
DN NPS (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck Diameter Diameter Bolts Length DN NPS (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck Diameter Diameter Bolts Length
tf min Welding Welding tf min Welding Welding
O X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind O X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1 1
15 ⁄2 120 22.3 38 21.3 32 60 22.2 Note (1) 82.6 22.2 4 110 1.8 2.1 1.9 15 ⁄2 135 30.2 43 21.3 40 73 22.9 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 120 3.0 3.2 3.2
3
20 ⁄4 130 25.4 44 26.7 35 70 27.7 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 115 2.3 2.7 2.7 3
20 ⁄4 140 31.8 51 26.7 43 79 28.2 Note (1) 95.2 22.2 4 125 3.6 4.1 4.5
25 1 150 28.6 52 33.4 41 73 34.5 Note (1) 101.6 25.4 4 125 3.4 3.9 4.1
32 1 1⁄4 160 28.6 64 42.2 41 73 43.2 Note (1) 111.1 25.4 4 125 4.1 4.5 4.3 25 1 160 35.0 57 33.4 48 89 34.9 Note (1) 108.0 25.4 4 140 5.0 5.5 5.4
40 1 1⁄2 180 31.8 70 48.3 44 83 49.5 Note (1) 123.8 28.6 4 140 5.5 5.9 5.9 32 1 1⁄4 185 38.1 73 42.2 52 95 43.7 Note (1) 130.2 28.6 4 150 7.3 9.1 8.2
50 2 215 38.1 105 60.3 57 102 61.9 Note (1) 165.1 25.4 8 145 11 11 11
40 1 1⁄2 205 44.5 79 48.3 60 111 50.0 Note (1) 146.0 31.8 4 170 10 11 10
65 2 1⁄2 245 41.3 124 73.0 64 105 74.6 Note (1) 190.5 28.6 8 160 16 16 16
80 3 240 38.1 127 88.9 54 102 90.7 Note (1) 190.5 25.4 8 145 12 15 13 50 2 235 50.9 95 60.3 70 127 62.5 Note (1) 171.4 28.6 8 180 17 19 18
100 4 290 44.5 159 114.3 70 114 116.1 Note (1) 235.0 31.8 8 170 23 23 25 65 2 1⁄2 265 57.2 114 73.0 79 143 75.4 Note (1) 196.8 31.8 8 195 24 24 25
125 5 350 50.8 190 141.3 79 127 143.8 Note (1) 279.4 34.9 8 190 38 39 39
80 3 305 66.7 133 88.9 92 168 91.4 Note (1) 228.6 34.9 8 220 36 43 39
150 6 380 55.6 235 168.3 86 140 170.7 Note (1) 317.5 31.8 12 190 48 50 52
200 8 470 63.5 298 219.1 102 162 221.5 Note (1) 393.7 38.1 12 220 75 79 59 100 4 355 76.2 165 114.3 108 190 116.8 Note (1) 273.0 41.3 8 255 54 64 60
250 10 545 39.9 368 273.0 108 184 276.2 Note (1) 469.9 38.1 16 235 111 118 132
125 5 420 92.1 203 141.3 130 229 144.4 Note (1) 323.8 47.6 8 300 93 111 101
300 12 610 79.4 419 323.8 117 200 327.0 Note (1) 533.4 38.1 20 255 146 157 187
350 14 640 85.8 451 355.6 130 213 359.2 Note (1) 558.8 41.3 20 275 172 182 224 150 6 485 108.0 235 168.3 152 273 171.4 Note (1) 368.3 54.0 8 345 143 176 157
400 16 705 88.9 508 406.4 133 216 410.5 Note (1) 616.0 44.5 20 285 193 225 272 200 8 550 127.0 305 219.1 178 318 222.2 Note (1) 438.2 54.0 12 380 213 261 241
450 18 785 101.6 565 457.0 152 229 461.8 Note (1) 685.8 50.8 20 325 272 309 386
250 10 675 165.1 375 273.0 229 419 277.4 Note (1) 539.8 66.7 12 490 409 484 465
500 20 855 108.0 622 508.0 159 248 513.1 Note (1) 749.3 54.0 20 350 331 377 488
600 24 1040 139.7 749 610.0 203 292 616.0 Note (1) 901.7 66.7 20 440 632 685 905 300 12 760 184.2 441 323.8 254 464 328.2 Note (1) 619.1 73.0 12 540 573 692 664

Class 1500 Flanges to ASME B16.5


Dimensions
Nominal Size Flange Weight (kg)
Hub Length Thru Hub Bore Bolt Drilling
Flange Thickness Hub Diameter Slip-on/ Welding RF Stud
OD min Welding Slip-on/ Socket Neck /
Diameter Neck Socket Welding Welding Circle Hole Bolt
DN NPS (mm) Socket
(mm) (mm) (mm) Welding Neck min Welding Diameter Diameter Bolts Length Welding
O tf X Ah (mm) Y (mm) Y (mm) B (mm) B (mm) K (mm) H (No.) (mm) Slip-on Neck Blind
1
15 ⁄2 120 22.3 38 21.3 32 60 22.2 Note (1) 82.6 22.2 4 110 1.8 2.1 1.9
3
20 ⁄4 130 25.4 44 26.7 35 70 27.7 Note (1) 88.9 22.2 4 115 2.8 2.7 2.7
25 1 150 28.6 52 33.4 41 73 34.5 Note (1) 101.6 25.4 4 125 3.6 3.9 4.1
32 1 1⁄4 160 28.6 64 42.2 41 73 43.2 Note (1) 111.1 25.4 4 125 5.0 4.5 4.3
40 1 1⁄2 180 31.8 70 48.3 44 83 49.5 Note (1) 123.8 28.6 4 140 6.8 5.9 5.9
50 2 215 38.1 105 60.3 57 102 61.9 Note (1) 165.1 25.4 8 145 11 11 11
65 2 1⁄2 245 41.3 124 73.0 64 105 74.6 Note (1) 190.5 28.6 8 160 16 16 16
80 3 265 47.7 133 88.9 117 Note (1) 203.2 31.8 8 180 22 22
100 4 310 54.0 162 114.3 124 Note (1) 241.3 34.9 8 195 31 33
125 5 375 73.1 197 141.3 156 Note (1) 292.1 41.3 8 250 59 60
150 6 395 82.6 229 168.3 171 Note (1) 317.5 38.1 12 260 75 75
200 8 485 92.1 292 219.1 213 Note (1) 393.7 44.5 12 290 124 137
250 10 585 108.0 368 273.0 254 Note (1) 482.6 50.8 12 335 206 230
300 12 675 123.9 451 323.8 283 Note (1) 571.5 54.0 16 375 306 316
350 14 750 133.4 495 355.6 298 Note (1) 635.0 60.3 16 405 416 421
400 16 825 146.1 552 406.4 311 Note (1) 704.8 66.7 16 445 568 559
450 18 915 162.0 597 457.0 327 Note (1) 774.7 73.0 16 495 736 761
500 20 985 177.8 641 508.0 356 Note (1) 831.8 79.4 16 540 929 967 Note 1: To be specified by purchaser.
600 24 1170 203.2 762 610.0 406 Note (1) 990.6 92.1 16 615 1504 1568 Note 2: Flange weights are approximate.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Note 3: Welding neck flange bore sizes listed are for sch 40S / Standard Wall pipe.

www.atlassteels.com.au
Carbon Steel Flanges • Dimensions & Weights
Table D Flanges to AS 2129 Table F Flanges to AS 2129

Printed July 2010


Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg) Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg)
Nominal Nominal Drilling
Raised Drilling Raised
Size Size

Printed July 2010


Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size Flange Flange Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind H
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind
A D G K H A D G K H D C
15 95 *5 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.6 15 95 10 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7
20 100 *5 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.7 20 100 10 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 G
25 115 *5 65 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 10 63 87 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 K
32 120 *6 67 87 14 4 M12 0.9 1.1 32 135 13 74 98 18 4 M16 1.1 1.3 A
40 135 *6 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 13 81 105 18 4 M16 1.2 1.4
50 150 *8 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 16 103 127 18 4 M16 2.2 2.6 SLIP-ON WELDING (SOW)
65 165 *8 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 16 122 146 18 4 M16 2.5 3.0
80 185 *10 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 16 141 165 18 8 M16 3.0 3.8 (“BOSS”)
90 205 *10 141 165 18 4 M16 2.2 3.2 90 215 19 154 178 18 8 M16
100 215 *10 154 178 18 4 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 19 167 191 18 8 M16 4.3 5.9
125 255 13 186 210 18 8 M16 3.3 4.9 125 280 22 207 235 22 8 M20 7.4 10.1
150 280 13 211 135 18 8 M16 4.0 6.1 150 305 22 232 260 22 12 M20 8.1 11.9
200 335 13 268 292 18 8 M16 5.0 8.8 200 370 35 296 324 22 12 M20 12.7 20.3
250 405 16 328 256 22 8 M20 8.7 15.8 250 430 29 349 381 26 12 M24 18.1 31.4 H
300 455 19 378 406 22 12 M20 11.3 23.6 300 490 32 406 438 26 16 M24 23.9 44.7
D
350 525 22 438 470 26 12 M24 19.6 38.6 350 550 35 459 495 30 16 M27 35.3 63.0
400 580 22 489 521 26 12 M24 22.3 44.9 400 610 41 516 552 30 20 M27 47.6 90.0
G
450 640 25 532 584 26 12 M24 29.0 63.0 450 675 44 571 610 33 20 M30 62.0 120.0
500 705 29 609 641 26 16 M24 39.9 86.0 500 735 51 634 673 33 24 M30 80.0 162.0 K
550 760 29 637 699 30 16 M27 50.0 107.0 550 785 54 685 724 33 24 M30 A
600 825 32 720 756 30 16 M27 58.0 125.0 600 850 57 739 781 36 24 M33 112.0
700 910 35 809 845 30 20 M27 700 935 60 815 857 36 24 M33 BLIND
750 995 41 888 927 33 20 M30 750 1015 67 898 940 36 28 M33 (“BLANK”)
800 1060 41 942 984 36 20 M33 800 1060 68 942 984 36 28 M33
850 1090 44 974 1016 36 20 M33 850 1090 70 974 1016 36 32 M33
900 1175 48 1050 1092 36 24 M33 900 1185 76 1060 1105 39 32 M36
1000 1255 51 1133 1175 36 24 M33 1000 1275 83 1149 1194 39 36 M36
1200 1490 60 1368 1410 36 32 M33 1200 1530 95 1385 1441 42 40 M39

Table E Flanges to AS 2129 Table H Flanges to AS 2129


H
Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg) Dimensions(mm) Weight (kg)
Nominal Drilling Nominal Drilling D C
Raised Raised
Size Size
Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size Flange Flange Face Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Number Bolt Size
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind G
DN OD Thickness Diam Diam Diam of Bolts & Thread SOW Blind
K
A D G K H A D G K H
A
15 95 *6 47 67 14 4 M12 0.6 0.7 15 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.8 1.0
20 100 *6 53 73 14 4 M12 0.7 0.8 20 115 13 57 83 18 4 M16 0.9 1.0 WELDING NECK (WN)
25 115 *7 63 83 14 4 M12 0.9 1.0 25 120 14 64 87 18 4 M16 1.1 1.2
32 120 *8 67 87 14 4 M12 1.0 1.1 32 135 17 76 98 18 4 M16 1.5 1.8
40 135 *9 78 98 14 4 M12 1.2 1.4 40 140 17 83 105 18 4 M16 1.7 2.0
50 150 *10 90 114 18 4 M16 1.4 1.7 50 165 19 102 127 18 4 M16 2.6 3.1
65 165 *10 103 127 18 4 M16 1.6 2.1 65 185 19 114 146 18 8 M16 3.1 3.8
80 185 *11 122 146 18 4 M16 2.0 2.7 80 205 22 127 165 18 8 M16 4.3 5.4
90 205 12 141 165 18 8 M16 90 215 22 140 178 18 8 M16
100 215 13 154 178 18 8 M16 2.5 3.6 100 230 25 152 191 18 8 M16 5.8 7.9 H
125 255 14 186 210 18 8 M16 3.7 5.5
125 280 29 178 235 22 8 M20 9.9 12.6
150 280 17 207 235 22 8 M20 5.0 8.3 D
150 305 29 210 260 22 12 M20 10.8 15.4
200 335 19 264 292 22 8 M20 7.1 12.9
250 405 22 328 356 22 12 M20 11.4 21.9 200 370 32 260 324 22 12 M20 18.3 28.2 G
300 455 25 374 406 26 12 M24 15.1 31.8 250 430 35 311 381 26 12 M24 22.1 38.0
K
350 525 29 438 470 26 12 M24 25.3 47.6 300 490 41 362 438 26 16 M24 31.0 58.0
350 550 48 419 495 30 16 M27 47.7 85.0 A
400 580 32 489 521 26 12 M24 31.3 66.0
450 640 35 552 584 26 16 M24 40.8 87.0 400 610 54 483 552 30 20 M27 62.0 118.0 PLATE
500 705 38 609 641 26 16 M24 53.0 114.0 450 675 60 533 610 33 20 M30 105.0 196.0
550 760 44 663 699 30 16 M27 500 735 67 597 673 33 24 M30
600 825 48 717 756 33 16 M30 85.0 195.0 550 785 70 648 724 33 24 M30
700 910 51 806 845 33 20 M30 600 850 76 699 781 36 24 M33
750 995 54 885 927 36 20 M33
800 1060 54 942 984 36 20 M33 Note 1: All weights are approximate Diagrams above show the optional Raised Free
850 1090 57 974 1016 36 20 M33 Note 2: A diametrical clearance of 4mm maximum applies to pipe or tube OD for plate flanges
900 1175 64 1050 1092 36 24 M33 Note 3: The flange thickness "D" dimension includes the raised face height
1000 1255 67 1130 1175 39 24 M36 Note 4: Welding Neck bore is derived from the pipe schedule
1200 1490 79 1365 1410 39 32 M36 *Plate flanges less than 12.0mm thickness may suffer unacceptable

www.atlassteels.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
distortion after welding to the pipe.
9
S6
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 6: CARBON STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND TUBE

Carbon Steel Tube


Heat Exchangers, Hydraulic and Pneumatic Tube

Carbon steel tubing finds common application in two major areas; heat transfer
10 in heat exchangers and condensers, and as hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
S6
This tube is produced as a seamless tube, with a final cold draw to guarantee
dimensional tolerances and an excellent surface finish. In common with other
product this cold-drawn carbon steel tube is made to an all-plus tolerance if
intended for heat transfer applications, but is generally supplied with nominal
wall thickness (+/- tolerance) for hydraulic or pneumatic applications.

Stock range generally caters for applications in hydraulic and pneumatic tubing.
The projects department offers sourcing for materials used in other applications
according to customer specifications. These include heat exchanger tubes in standard
mill lengths and/or specific set lengths.

Specifications

ASTM A179M ‘Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon


Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes’ covers minimum wall thickness tube for
heat transfer applications in sizes 3.18mm to 76.2mm OD.

The specification for heat exchanger tube is also used to specify seamless carbon steel
tube intended for hydraulic applications. This hydraulic tubing is manufactured with
average wall thickness specified; in all other respects the product conforms to the
requirements of ASTM A179M and ASTM A450M.

Product intended for hydraulic applications has nominal wall thicknesses in the SWG
series of sizes, while the minimum wall thickness heat exchanger tube is generally
in line with the BWG series.

In addition to the ASTM A179 tube stocked in heat exchanger and hydraulic variants,
welded carbon steel tube can be obtained to either ASTM A178 or ASTM A214.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 6: CARBON STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS, FLANGES AND TUBE

Hydraulic and pneumatic carbon steel tubing

Typical size range and tolerance


Wall thickness (mm)
Nominal OD
permissible 0.90/0.91 1.20/1.22 1.60/1.63 2.00/2.03 2.64 3.25 4.06 4.88 6.40
OD
deviation Gauge
(mm)
mm inches 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 3

6.35 1
/4 +
_ 0.10
7.94 5
/16 +
_ 0.10 11
S6
9.53 3
/8 +
_ 0.10
12.70 1
/2 +
_ 0.10
15.88 5
/8 +
_ 0.10
19.05 3
/4 +
_ 0.10
22.23 7
/8 +
_ 0.10
25.40 1 +
_ 0.15
31.75 11/4 +
_ 0.15

38.10 11/2 +
_ 0.15
50.80 2 +
_ 0.20

Stock length – 6.1 metres.


Note: Gold zinc coating is available on request.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Stainless Steel Bar
(Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)

7 (Round, Flat, Angle, Sections and Wire)


Stainless Steel Bar

Photography courtesy of Ugitech Stainless and Ronstan.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Improved machinability bar


Atlas Steels distributes “Improved Machinability” (IM) stainless steel bar.
Improved machinability bar results from a controlled melting process, giving high chip-
breaking properties and providing a self-lubricating quality through the processing of
machining.

Range of IM • 303, 304/304L and 316/316L round bar, 4.76 to 101.6mm.


Grades
• 316/316L round bar, 101.6 to 304.8mm.

• 303 and 316/316L hex bar, 13.34 to 57.15mm.

• 316L – hollow bar.

The benefits • Improved machinability. 1


• Chemical composition within ASTM standards. S7
• Increased cutting speeds.
• Properties the same as commercial grades of
• Lower unit cost of production.
stainless steel
• Increased tool life. – corrosion resistance
– mechanical properties
• Lower production power – weldability
requirements. – formability.
• Consistent machinability.
• Improved drilling and tapping characteristics.
• Improved product surface finish.

IM grades will reduce wear on tools and extend tool life


Highly abrasive inclusions which damage tools are excluded in the IM
manufacturing steel melt process.

There is a decrease in flank wear and crater wear of carbide tooling which results in:

• less dismounting and reassembling of tools;

• less adjustment time; and

• a noticeable improvement in the life of cutting tools.

Atlas Steel distributes Ugima “Improved Machinability” grades as its main product but
also other generic brands are available.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Flank wear Crater wear


Time (min) Time (min)

30 30
Turning
Tool: ISO P20 Carbide Ugima Ugima
Speed: 180 m/min 316L 316L
Feed: 0.25 mm/rev. 20 20
Depth
of cut: 1.5mm
Standard Standard
10 316L 10 316L

µm µm
100 200 300 100 200 300

Ugima will enable higher cutting speeds

Ugima belongs to a new generation of steels and to benefit fully from its unique
2 characteristics a minor modification is required to cutting conditions. In particular,
S7
it is necessary to increase cutting speeds.

The tables below are typical comparisons of cutting parameters which have been
achieved in Ugitech’s laboratories and tested in industrial conditions.

Cutting speed (m/min)


Cutting Stainless Feedstock Depth of Feed Carbide
process steel grade condition Brazed Plain Coated cut (mm) (mm/rev) insert (ISO)
carbide carbide carbide
CNC turning Ugima 303 annealed 172 192 250 3 0.40 P10 - P20
(rough
machining) cold drawn 150 169 220 3 0.40 P20
*AISI 303 annealed 130 145 185 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 110 125 160 3 0.40 –
CNC turning Ugima 303 annealed 220 280 350 1 0.20 P10 - P20
(finish
machining) cold drawn 200 240 300 1 0.20 P20
*AISI 303 annealed 150 170 215 1 0.20 –
cold drawn 120 145 185 1 0.20 –
CNC turning Ugima 304L annealed 125 138 180 3 0.40 P10 - P20
(rough
machining) cold drawn 113 126 161 3 0.40 P20
*AISI 304L annealed 103 115 149 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 94 100 128 3 0.40 –
Ugima 316L annealed 96 114 149 3 0.40 P10 - P20
cold drawn 84 96 128 3 0.40 P20
*AISI 316L annealed 76 90 123 3 0.40 –
cold drawn 65 75 102 3 0.40 –
* Machining Data Handbook, 3rd Edition Vol.1 (1980) Metcut Research Ass. Inc.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel bar


Stainless steel bar comprises numerous products referred to by the shape,
the section dimension, grade, condition and surface finish.

Shapes and section measurement


Round bar: measured across the diameter.

Square bar: measured across the flats (AF).

Hexagonal bar: measured across the flats (AF).

Flat bar: measured width x thickness.


3
Equal angle: measured length x width of external faces S7
x material thickness.
Channels: measured flange x web x thickness.

Hollow bar: measured outside diameter (OD) x inside diameter (ID).

Grade 303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 321, 253MA, 416, 431, 2205, 630.

Condition H&T: Hardened and tempered.

ANN: Annealed.

PH: Precipitation hardened.

Surface finish CD: Cold drawn. BD: Bright drawn.

CG: Centreless ground. CF: Cold finished.

P&T: Peeled and turned. ST: Smooth turned.

P: Polished. SRE: Slit rolled edge.

HF: Hot finished. HRAP: Hot rolled annealed and pickled.

RT: Rough turned/peeled. PR: Peeled and reeled.

Note: Cold Finished is a generic term to cover: CD, CG, Peeled, Turned, BD and ST.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Dimensional tolerances for bar


Form and condition: stainless steel bars
Round
Square Hexagonal
Centreless ground Bright/Cold drawn Cold finished/smooth turned

h8 or h9 h9 h10 h11 h11

ISO dimensional tolerances for bar


Tolerance number
Nominal
bar size (mm) 01 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

up to 3 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 4 6 10 14 25 40 60 100 140 250 400 600


over 3 to 6 0.4 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 5 8 12 18 30 48 75 120 180 300 480 750
over 6 to 10 0.4 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 15 22 36 58 90 150 220 360 580 900
over 10 to 18 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 5 8 11 18 27 43 70 110 180 270 430 700 1100
over 18 to 30 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 9 13 21 33 52 84 130 210 330 520 840 1300
over 30 to 50 0.6 1 1.5 2.5 4 7 11 16 25 39 62 100 160 250 390 620 1000 1600

4 over 50 to 80 0.8 1.2 2 3 5 8 13 19 30 46 74 120 190 300 460 740 1200 1900
S7 over 80 to 120 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 10 15 22 35 54 87 140 220 350 540 870 1400 2200
over 120 to 180 1.2 2 3.5 5 8 12 18 25 40 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500
over 180 to 250 2 3 4.5 7 10 14 20 29 46 72 115 185 290 460 720 1150 1850 2900
over 250 to 315 2.5 4 6 8 12 16 23 32 52 81 130 210 320 520 810 1300 2100 3200
over 315 to 400 3 5 7 9 13 18 25 36 57 89 140 230 360 570 890 1400 2300 3600
over 400 to 500 4 6 8 10 15 20 27 40 63 97 155 250 400 630 970 1550 2500 4000

Tolerance values given in microns = x0.001mm Examples:


h = all minus k = all plus 25.40mm diameter bar to h9 = +nil, -0.052mm
160mm hot rolled bar to k14 = +1.000mm, -nil

Common stainless steel bar specifications


ASTM A276: This specification covers hot or cold finished bar except bars for reforging (see spec. A314).
Includes rounds, squares, hexagons, hot rolled or extruded shapes such as angles, flats,
channels and commonly used grades of stainless steel, including ‘improved machinability’.
Free machining grades such as 303 and 416 are not included (see spec. A582/A582M).

ASTM A479M: This specification covers the same sections as ASTM A276, for use in pressure vessel
construction. Also referred to in ASME boiler and pressure vessel code.

ASTM A582M: This specification covers hot or cold finished free-machining stainless steel bar except bars for
forging (see spec. A314). Includes rounds, squares and hexagons in the more commonly used
types of stainless steels designed for optimum machinability and general corrosion and high
temperature service, primarily grades 303 and 416. Stainless steel bars other than the
free-machining types are covered in other specifications.

ASTM A314: This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars intended only for forging.

ASTM A484M: This specification covers general requirements that apply to stainless steel wrought bars, shapes,
forgings and billets or other semi-finished material (except wire) for forging, under the latest
revision of each ASTM specification.
Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel round bar – ASTM A276

Condition: 25.4mm and less generally drawn, above 25.4mm and less than 101.6mm
is generally annealed, turned and polished. Sizes above 101.6mm are generally rough
turned to k12 tolerance.
Grades 431 and 2205 are often stocked in a smooth turned or centreless ground finish.
Grades
Diameter
Weight Ugima / Improved Machinability Bar
(kg/m) 431 2205
316/316L H and T
mm inches 303 304/304L 316/316L
CG

3.00 0.118 0.06


3.18 0.125 0.06
3.97 0.156 0.10
4.00 0.157 0.10
4.76 0.187 0.14
4.90 0.193 0.15
5.00 0.197 0.15
6.00 0.236 0.22
5
S7
6.35 0.250 0.25
7.94 0.313 0.39
8.00 0.315 0.39
9.00 0.354 0.50
9.52 0.375 0.56
10.00 0.394 0.62
11.11 0.437 0.76
12.00 0.472 0.89
12.70 0.500 1.01
14.00 0.551 1.21
14.28 0.562 1.26
15.87 0.625 1.55
16.00 0.630 1.58
17.46 0.687 1.88
18.00 0.709 2.00
19.05 0.750 2.24
20.00 0.787 2.47
22.00 0.866 2.99
22.23 0.875 3.05
24.00 0.945 3.56
25.00 0.984 3.86
25.40 1.000 3.98
28.58 1.125 5.04
30.00 1.181 5.56

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel round bar (continued)

Grades
Diameter
Weight Ugima / Improved Machinability Bar
(kg/m) 431 2205
316/316L H and T
mm inches 303 304/304L 316/316L
CG

31.75 1.250 6.22


34.92 1.375 7.53
35.00 1.378 7.56
36.00 1.417 8.00
38.10 1.500 8.96
40.00 1.575 9.88
41.27 1.625 10.51
44.45 1.750 12.20
50.00 1.969 15.43
50.80 2.000 15.93

6 53.97 2.125 17.98


S7 57.15 2.250 20.16
60.00 2.362 22.22
63.50 2.500 24.89
69.85 2.750 30.12
76.20 3.000 35.84
82.55 3.250 42.07
88.90 3.500 48.79
95.25 3.750 56.00
100.00 3.937 61.73
101.60 4.000 63.72
114.30 4.500 80.65
127.00 5.000 99.56
140.00 5.512 120.99
152.40 6.000 143.37
165.00 6.496 168.06
177.80 7.000 195.15
203.20 8.000 254.89
205.00 8.071 259.42
228.60 9.000 322.59
254.00 10.000 398.26
304.80 12.000 573.80

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Flat bar – ASTM A276 – Finish: HRAP or SRE

Grades Grades
Width Thickness Weight Width Thickness Weight
(mm) (mm) (kg/m) 304 316 (mm) (mm) (kg/m) 304 316

12.00 3.00 0.29 65.00 5.00 2.66


6.00 0.59 6.00 3.19
20.00 3.00 0.49 8.00 4.25
5.00 0.82 10.00 5.31
6.00 0.98 12.00 6.38
10.00 1.63 75.00 5.00 3.07
25.00 3.00 0.61 6.00 3.68
5.00 1.02 8.00 4.91
6.00 1.23 10.00 6.13
8.00 1.63 12.00 7.36
10.00 2.04 16.00 9.81 7
12.00 2.45 20.00 12.27 S7

30.00 3.00 0.74 25.00 15.33


5.00 1.23 100.00 6.00 4.91
6.00 1.47 8.00 6.54
8.00 1.96 10.00 8.18
10.00 2.45 12.00 9.81
12.00 2.94 16.00 13.08
40.00 3.00 0.98 20.00 16.35
5.00 1.63 25.00 20.44
6.00 1.96 150.00 6.00 7.36
8.00 2.62 10.00 12.27
10.00 3.27 12.00 14.72
12.00 3.92 200.00 10.00 16.35
50.00 3.00 1.23
5.00 2.04
6.00 2.45
8.00 3.27
10.00 4.09
12.00 4.91
16.00 6.54
20.00 8.18
25.00 10.22

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Angle HRAP – ASTM A276 Hexagonal bar – ASTM A276 Square bar – ASTM A276
Condition: HRAP Condition: cold drawn Condition: cold drawn
Section ‘AF’ across flats ‘AF’ across flats
Thickness Weight Weight Weight
mm mm (mm) (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m)

20.00 20.00 3.00 0.90 6.35 0.250 0.27 6.00 0.240 0.28
25.00 25.00 3.00 1.10 7.93 0.312 0.43 6.35 0.250 0.32
5.00 1.80 8.00 0.315 0.44 8.00 0.310 0.50
6.00 2.10 9.53 0.375 0.62 9.52 0.370 0.71
30.00 30.00 3.00 1.30 11.11 0.437 0.84 10.00 0.390 0.78
4.00 1.80 13.34 0.525 1.21 12.00 0.470 1.13
5.00 2.20 15.27 0.601 1.59 12.70 0.500 1.26
6.00 2.05 18.03 0.710 2.21 14.00 0.550 1.54
40.00 40.00 3.00 1.80 9.05 0.750 2.47 15.88 0.630 1.98
4.00 2.40 20.83 0.820 2.95 16.00 0.630 2.01

8 5.00 2.90 22.00 0.866 3.29 19.05 0.750 2.84


S7 6.00 3.50 22.23 0.875 3.36 20.00 0.790 3.14
50.00 50.00 3.00 2.30 23.37 0.920 3.72 25.00 0.980 4.90
4.00 3.00 24.00 0.945 3.92 25.40 1.000 5.06
5.00 3.70 25.65 1.010 4.48 31.75 1.250 7.90
6.00 4.40 28.58 1.125 5.56 32.00 1.260 8.03
10.00 7.10 30.00 1.181 6.13 38.10 1.500 11.38
65.00 65.00 6.00 5.80 30.48 1.200 6.32 40.00 1.570 12.54
10.00 9.40 31.75 1.250 6.86 45.00 1.770 15.88
75.00 75.00 6.00 6.80 33.05 1.300 7.42 50.80 2.000 20.23
10.00 9.40 34.92 1.374 8.30 63.50 2.50 33.20
100.00 100.00 6.00 9.10 37.59 1.479 9.59 76.20 3.00 45.65
10.00 14.90 42.42 1.670 12.22
12.00 17.70 47.63 1.875 15.40
50.80 2.000 17.52
57.15 2.250 22.17
63.50 2.500 27.37

Channels HRAP – ASTM A276


Section Grades
Thickness Weight
mm mm (mm) (kg/m) 304 316

80.00 40.00 5.00 7.00


100.00 50.00 6.00 9.16
150.00 75.00 6.00 13.80

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Stainless steel wire


Grades available: 302HQ, 303, 304, 304L, 316, 316L, 416 and 430. Other grades may
be available on request.

General engineering wire


Their applications are very diverse, including a large range of clips, handles, rings, pins,
axles, shafts… the list is endless.

Diameter range: Drawn wire (CD, BD) 1.0 to 16.0mm.


Bright annealed (BA) 1.0 to 6.0mm.
Annealed and pickled (ANN) 3.0 to 16.0mm.
Sizes outside this range can be supplied subject to enquiry.

9
Standard diameter tolerances S7

Description Diameter (mm) Standard tolerance (mm)

BD, CD, BA and temper drawn wire 1.00 - 8.00 +


_ 0.02

over 8.00 +
_ 0.04

Annealed and pickled (ANN) over 3.00 +


_ 0.05

Typical tensile strength ranges (MPa)


Annealed Bright annealed Bright or cold drawn
Grade
(ANN) (BA) (BD or CD)

302HQ 450 - 600 500 - 700 550 - 750


303 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
304 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
304L 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
310 550 - 750 600 - 850 700 - 930
316 500 - 650 550 - 750 700 - 900
316L 500 - 650 550 - 750 700 - 900
321 550 - 700 600 - 800 700 - 900
410 450 - 600 – 550 - 750
430 450 - 600 – 550 - 750
431 800 - 950 – 800 - 1000

Note: Stainless steel wire is available through Atlas Steels by indent or special stocking
arrangements with end user customers. The information shown in this section of the
“Atlas Steels Reference Manual” was published when Atlas operated its own wire and
bar forming mill at the Melbourne site. These facilities no longer exist but the
information contained is still relevant to the product.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Temper drawn wire

Where wire is ordered to a temper designation the following values will be assumed for
tensile strengths.

Temper drawn wire Grade 304: tensile strength (MPa)


Temper 1 - 2mm dia. over 2 - 3mm dia. over 3 - 5mm dia. over 5 - 8mm dia. over 8 - 12mm dia.

1/8 Hard 750 - 950 750 - 950 700 - 900 650 - 850 650 - 850
1/4 Hard 1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200 900 - 1100 850 - 1050 750 - 950
1/2 Hard 1250 - 1450* 1150 - 1350* 1000 - 1200 950 - 1150 850 - 1050
3/4 Hard 1550 - 1750* 1400 - 1600* 1200 - 1400* 1050 - 1250* 900 - 1100

Temper drawn wire Grade 316: tensile strength (MPa)


Temper 1 - 2mm dia. over 2 - 3mm dia. over 3 - 5mm dia. over 5 - 8mm dia. over 8 - 12mm dia.

1/8 Hard 750 - 950 750 - 950 700 - 900 650 - 850 650 - 850
1/4 Hard 1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200 900 - 1100 750 - 950 700 - 900
1/2 Hard 1150 - 1350* 1050 - 1250* 1000 - 1200 850 - 1050 800 - 1000
3/4 Hard 1300 - 1500* 1250 - 1450* 1100 - 1300* 900 - 1100* 850 - 1050
10
S7 *Only available in CD finish.

Cold heading wire

Usually produced in grades 302HQ and 316 and a much lesser quantity of 410 and 430.
These grades are suitable to produce the full range of fasteners.

Product range
Diameter Coil weight Nominal coil ID Std diameter tolerance
(mm) (kg)* (mm) (mm)

1.51 - 2.00 30 - 75 460 + 0.03 - 0


2.01 - 3.50 35 - 80 560 + 0.03 - 0
3.51 - 5.00 40 - 100 560 + 0.03 - 0
5.01 - 7.00 50 - 200 560 + 0.03 - 0
Over 7.00 50 - 200 620 + 0.03 - 0
Over 8.00 + 0.04 - 0
*Stem packs available up to 6mm dia. and 1000kg per pack.

Standard tensile strength(I) (MPa)


Grade Lightly drawn Annealed

S30430 (302HQ common name) 660 max 605 max


304 725 max 620 max
316 655 max 620 max
410 585(2) max 565 max
430 595 max 520 max
(1) The table gives maximum tensile strengths for sizes 2.5mm and larger. Slighter higher values
may apply to smaller sizes.
(2) For Grade 410 a maximum of 620MPa applies to sizes below 4mm.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Conditions Description
(“AFS”) Annealed at final size Softest condition for extreme cold heading.
Skin passed Standard condition for HQ wire is annealed and skin passed
(lightly drawn).
Drawn to special For special applications such as high strength bolts or screws,
tensile ranges the tensile range can be specified.

Surface finish Description


Super coat (SC) Non-metallic lubricant coating – standard heading wire coating.
Bare All coatings removed.

Lime and soap Subject to prior arrangement.

Spring wire

Common grades of spring wire are 304 and 316. The drawing coating is usually left
on the wire, assisting with spring manufacturing. Special versions of 304 and 316
with a controlled analysis range are manufactured for required tensile strength values. 11
S7
Spring temper wire has the highest tensile strength of any stainless steel wire
conforming to ASTM A313M and can also be supplied to JIS G4314.

Coating: Standard coating is ‘spring coat’ for spring forming. By arrangement can be
supplied bare to assist with soldering.

Straightened and cut lengths: Spring temper diameter 1.6 to 10mm can be supplied
straightened and in cut bar lengths, with tensile strength specifications of 90% of the
table listed on the next page.

Stress relief: Stress relief of finished springs in the temperature range of approximately
200-400˚C can improve their elastic properties. Higher temperatures will result in
permanent softening and (above approx. 450˚C) carbide precipitation.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Spring wire Grade 304: tensile strength


Tensile strength (MPa) Tensile strength (MPa)
Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max.

Up to 0.23 2240 2450 1.61 - 1.78 1735 1935


0.24 - 0.25 2205 2415 1.79 - 1.90 1725 1915
0.26 - 0.28 2190 2400 1.91 - 2.03 1695 1895
0.29 - 0.30 2180 2385 2.04 - 2.21 1670 1870
0.31 - 0.33 2165 2370 2.22 - 2.41 1640 1850
0.34 - 0.36 2150 2360 2.42 - 2.67 1600 1805
0.37 - 0.38 2135 2345 2.68 - 2.92 1565 1770
0.39 - 0.41 2125 2330 2.93 - 3.17 1530 1745
0.42 - 0.43 2110 2315 3.18 - 3.43 1495 1710
0.44 - 0.46 2095 2300 3.44 - 3.76 1450 1660
0.47 - 0.51 2070 2275 3.77 - 4.11 1415 1620
0.52 - 0.56 2040 2250 4.12 - 4.50 1365 1570

12 0.57 - 0.61 2015 2220 4.51 - 4.88 1335 1550


S7 0.62 - 0.66 2005 2205 4.89 - 5.26 1295 1515
0.67 - 0.71 1995 2190 5.27 - 5.72 1255 1475
0.72 - 0.79 1965 2170 5.73 - 6.35 1205 1415
0.80 - 0.86 1945 2135 6.36 - 7.06 1160 1365
0.87 - 0.94 1930 2125 7.07 - 7.77 1110 1325
0.95 - 1.04 1895 2095 7.78 - 8.41 1070 1280
1.05 - 1.14 1875 2070 8.42 - 9.19 1035 1240
1.15 - 1.27 1840 2035 9.20 - 10.00 1000 1205
1.28 - 1.37 1825 2020 10.01 - 11.12 965 1170
1.38 - 1.47 1800 1990 11.13 - 12.70 930 1150
1.48 - 1.60 1780 1965 Over 12.70 895 1105

Spring wire Grade 316: tensile strength


Tensile strength (MPa) Tensile strength (MPa)
Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
Up to 0.25 1690 1895 2.68 - 3.05 1345 1550
0.26 - 0.38 1655 1860 3.06 - 3.76 1275 1480
0.39 - 0.61 1620 1825 3.77 - 4.22 1240 1450
0.62 - 1.04 1620 1825 4.23 - 4.50 1170 1380
1.05 - 1.19 1585 1790 4.51 - 5.26 1105 1310
1.20 - 1.37 1550 1760 5.27 - 5.72 1070 1275
1.38 - 1.57 1515 1725 5.73 - 6.35 1035 1240
1.58 - 1.83 1480 1690 6.36 - 7.92 965 1170
1.84 - 2.03 1450 1655 7.93 - 9.53 930 1140
2.04 - 2.34 1415 1620 9.54 - 12.70 895 1105
2.35 - 2.67 1380 1585 Over 12.70 850 1070

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Weaving wire

Grades 304, 316 and some 430 are used in a variety of tensile strengths, diameters and
coatings for weaving. Applications in mining and processing, screens and mesh link belts
for mineral processing, heat treatment and in the food industry.

Specific tensile strengths can be produced to the customers’ requirements, generally


1
/4 Hard or 1/2 Hard (usually 900-1100 MPa or 1000-1200 MPa). Cast and Helix may
also be specified.

Flattened wire

Manufactured in a general range of 0.5mm x 5.5mm to 3.18mm x 8mm.


Edges are as rolled (rounded) as edging rolls are not used. Available in most grades.

Wire Finishes

Condition and finish Symbol Description Size range (mm)

Annealed and pickled ANN Grey matt finish, annealed and pickled after 3.00 - 16.00
13
S7
drawing to size.
Bright annealed BA Semi – bright finish obtained by strand annealing 1.00 - 7.00
in a protective atmosphere.
Bright drawn BD Bright finish – wire given a cold draw in oil 1.00 - 16.00
and cleaned to improve surface lustre.
Cold drawn CD Semi matt finish – lightly drawn in soap. 1.00 - 16.00
Can be cleaned if requested.
Temper drawn 1/8 H Cold drawn in oil (BD) or soap (CD) to produce 1.00 - 12.00
1/4 H specific tensile strength.
1/2 H Can have either CD or BD finish.
3/4 H See page 14/S4 ‘Temper drawn wire’
Spring temper ST Cold drawn to spring hard temper. 1.00 - 16.00
Supplied with lubricant coating to aid spring coiling.
Can be supplied cleaned.
Super-coat SC Semi bright finish, coated with non-metallic lubricant 1.00 - 16.00
and lightly drawn in soap; or annealed and coated at
final size for cold heading.

Wire Coatings
Super-coat/spring-coat: Water soluble coatings applied by dipping and baking
to act as a lubricant carrier in subsequent forming. Wire can be drawn in soap
to provide an additional stearate lubricant coating.

Lime: A thin uniform coating of lime applied by dipping and baking.

Soap-coated: CD wire and bar is usually supplied with drawing soap left on
to facilitate subsequent forming.

Oiled: BD bar and wire can be supplied with the drawing oil left on to assist
subsequent fabrication.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 7: STAINLESS STEEL BAR (ROUND, FLAT, ANGLES, SECTIONS & WIRE)

Bandsaw and hacksaw


processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.

Maximum cutting diameter is 650mm.

For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

14
S7

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


Engineering Steel Bar

8
Engineering Steel Bar

Photography courtesy of OneSteel Martin Bright and Hamilton Jet NZ.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel bar


Bright steel bars are carbon steel which has had the surface condition
improved over the hot rolled finish supplied by the steel mill. Advantages
achieved include improved machinability, enhancement of physical and
mechanical properties and improved dimensional tolerances and straightness.

Cold finished steels are covered by Australian Standard AS1443 or similar overseas
alternatives.

Types of cold finished bars

Cold drawn bars are widely used in mass production of parts due to their excellent
mechanical and dimensional properties, with machinability in excess of the hot rolled
condition. Round, hexagonal and square bars can be produced by cold drawing.

Turned and polished round bars have similar mechanical properties to those of
equivalent hot rolled bar, but exhibit a smooth, bright surface finish and improved
dimensional accuracy. They are widely used where a surface free of decarburisation is
required, for example in induction hardening and when the surface must be free from
surface defects, such as for use in cold forming.

Cold drawn and precision ground or turned and precision ground round bars,
where very close dimensional tolerances and finishes are required, e.g. plating.

Cold rolled sizes up to 100mm wide and 7mm thick inclusive are produced by cold
1
rolling to produce flat and some special shape sections to suitable tolerances and
S8
surface finishes.

Carbon steel groups

10xx Plain carbon steels.


11xx Sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)
12xx Phosphorised and sulphurised free cutting carbon steels. (Free machining steels)
xxLxx Lead bearing free machining carbon steels.
13xx Carbon – manganese steels. (Pearlitic manganese steels)

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Steel making practice

Old New Example of Example of


Practice
Prefix Prefix Old Prefix New Prefix
R U Steel with unspecified deoxidation R1008 U1004
S U (no minimum % Si specified) S1010 U1010
Merchant quality. Similar to “U”
CS M CS1020 M1020
with wider composition range
K No Prefix As per relevant table in Standard K1045 1045
A major deviation in chemical
X X XK1320 X1320
composition from AISI-SAE grades

Chemical composition (specified elemental limits as per AS1443)

Grade C Si Mn P S Pb
M1020 Min 0.15 – 0.30 – – –
Max 0.25 0.35 0.90 0.050 0.050 –
M1030 Min 0.25 – 0.30 – – –
Max 0.35 0.35 0.90 0.050 0.050 –
1045 Min 0.43 0.10 0.60 – – –
Max 0.50 0.35 0.90 0.040 0.040 –
1214 Min – – 0.80 0.04 0.25 –
Max 0.15 0.10 1.20 0.09 0.35 –
12L14 Min – – 0.80 0.04 0.25 0.15
Max 0.15 0.10 1.20 0.09 0.35 0.35
2
S8
Typical minimum tensile properties (not guaranteed as these grades are not tensile tested)

Cold Drawn Condition Tensile Strength (MPa)


Grade
Up to 16mm incl. Over 16mm to 38mm incl. Over 38mm to 63.5mm incl.
M1020 480 min 460 min 430 min
M1030 560 min 540 min 520 min
1045 690 min 650 min 640 min
1214 480 min 430 min 400 min
12L14 480 min 430 min 400 min
Turned and Polished Condition Tensile Strength (MPa)
Grade
Up to 50mm incl. Over 50mm to 250mm incl.
M1020 410 min 410 min
M1030 500 min 500 min
1045 600 min 600 min
1214 370 min 370 min
12L14 370 min 370 min

Note that alternative grades with guaranteed mechanical properties are available subject to special order.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Shape and section measurements


Round bar: measured across the diameter.

Square bar: measured across the flats (AF).

Hexagonal bar: measured across the flats (AF).

Flat bar: measured width x thickness.

Product and stock range for bright mild steel

Size (mm) Standard


Production Shape nominal lengths
method Min. Max. (m)
Cold drawn Round 3.17 63.5 3.5 or 6
Hexagon 4.76 73.02 3.5
Square 3 50.8 3.5
Flat 9.52 x 3.17 152.4 x 76.2 3.5
Turned and polished Round 10 260 3.5 or 6

Centreless Round 3 160 3.5 or 6


precision ground
Coil cold rolled Flat 6.35 x 1.59 20 x 5 3.5
Bar cold rolled Flat 25 x 5 100 x 7 3.5

Dimensional tolerances for bright mild steel

Form and condition


Round
3
Square Hexagonal Flat S8
Precision ground Cold drawn Turned and polished

h8 h10 h11 h11 h11 h11

Dimensional tolerances
Diameter or Tolerance grade (mm)
cross-sectional
dimension (mm) h7 h8 h9 h10 h11 h12

up to 3 +0 -0.010 +0 -0.014 +0 -0.025 +0 -0.040 +0 -0.060 +0 -0.100


over 3 to 6 +0 -0.012 +0 -0.018 +0 -0.030 +0 -0.048 +0 -0.075 +0 -0.120
over 6 to 10 +0 -0.015 +0 -0.022 +0 -0.036 +0 -0.058 +0 -0.090 +0 -0.150
over 10 to 18 +0 -0.018 +0 -0.027 +0 -0.043 +0 -0.070 +0 -0.110 +0 -0.180
over 18 to 30 +0 -0.021 +0 -0.033 +0 -0.052 +0 -0.084 +0 -0.130 +0 -0.210
over 30 to 50 +0 -0.025 +0 -0.039 +0 -0.062 +0 -0.100 +0 -0.160 +0 -0.250
over 50 to 80 +0 -0.030 +0 -0.046 +0 -0.074 +0 -0.120 +0 -0.190 +0 -0.300
over 80 to 120 +0 -0.035 +0 -0.054 +0 -0.087 +0 -0.140 +0 -0.220 +0 -0.350
over 120 to 180 +0 -0.040 +0 -0.063 +0 -0.100 +0 -0.160 +0 -0.250 +0 -0.400
over 180 to 250 +0 -0.046 +0 -0.072 +0 -0.115 +0 -0.185 +0 -0.290 +0 -0.460
over 250 to 315 +0 -0.052 +0 -0.081 +0 -0.130 +0 -0.210 +0 -0.320 +0 -0.520

The above table can be used for k tolerance dimensions. k tolerance = -0, +all.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel cold finished round bar

Product range and theoretical weights


Diameter Weight Diameter Weight Diameter Weight
mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m)

3.18 0.125 0.06 25.00 0.984 3.85 76.20 3.000 35.80


4.76 0.187 0.14 25.40 1.000 3.98 80.00 3.150 39.46
6.00 0.236 0.22 26.00 1.024 4.17 82.55 3.250 42.01
6.35 0.250 0.25 27.00 1.063 4.49 88.90 3.500 48.72
7.00 0.276 0.30 28.57 1.125 5.03 90.00 3.543 49.94
7.94 0.313 0.39 30.00 1.181 5.55 95.00 3.740 55.64
8.00 0.315 0.39 31.75 1.250 6.21 95.25 3.750 56.01
9.00 0.354 0.50 32.00 1.260 6.31 100.00 3.937 61.65
9.52 0.375 0.56 33.00 1.300 6.72 101.60 4.000 63.64
10.00 0.394 0.62 34.92 1.375 7.52 110.00 4.331 74.60
11.11 0.437 0.76 35.00 1.378 7.55 114.30 4.500 80.54
12.00 0.472 0.89 36.00 1.417 7.99 120.00 4.724 88.78
12.70 0.500 0.99 38.10 1.500 8.95 127.00 5.000 99.44
13.00 0.512 1.04 39.00 1.535 9.38 130.00 5.118 104.19
14.00 0.551 1.21 40.00 1.575 9.86 139.70 5.500 120.32
14.29 0.563 1.26 41.27 1.625 10.50 152.40 6.000 143.19
14.55 0.572 1.30 42.42 1.670 11.09 165.10 6.500 168.05
15.00 0.591 1.39 44.45 1.750 12.18 177.80 7.000 194.89
15.87 0.625 1.55 45.00 1.772 12.48 203.20 8.000 254.55
4 16.00 0.630 1.58 46.00 1.811 13.04 254.00 10.000 397.74
S8
17.00 0.669 1.78 47.62 1.875 13.98
17.46 0.687 1.88 50.00 1.969 15.41
18.00 0.709 2.00 52.07 2.050 16.71
19.00 0.748 2.23 50.80 2.000 15.91
19.05 0.750 2.24 53.67 2.113 17.76
20.00 0.787 2.47 55.00 2.165 18.65
20.64 0.812 2.63 57.15 2.250 20.14
21.00 0.827 2.72 60.00 2.362 22.19
22.00 0.866 2.98 63.50 2.500 24.86
22.22 0.875 3.04 65.00 2.559 26.05
23.81 0.937 3.49 70.00 2.756 30.21
24.00 0.945 3.55 75.00 2.953 34.68

Grades: M1020/M1030, 1045, 1214, 12L14

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel cold finished hexagonal bar

Product range and theoretical weights


Diameter Weight Diameter Weight
mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m)

3.18 0.125 0.07 25.00 0.984 4.25


4.76 0.187 0.15 25.40 1.000 4.39
6.00 0.236 0.24 26.00 1.024 4.59
6.35 0.250 0.27 27.00 1.063 4.96
7.00 0.276 0.33 28.57 1.125 5.55
7.94 0.313 0.43 30.00 1.181 6.12
8.00 0.315 0.43 31.75 1.250 6.85
9.00 0.354 0.55 32.00 1.260 6.96
9.52 0.375 0.62 33.00 1.300 7.40
10.00 0.394 0.68 34.92 1.375 8.29
11.11 0.437 0.84 35.00 1.378 8.33
12.00 0.472 0.98 36.00 1.417 8.81
12.70 0.500 1.10 38.10 1.500 9.87
13.00 0.512 1.15 39.00 1.535 10.34
14.00 0.551 1.33 40.00 1.575 10.88
14.29 0.563 1.39 41.27 1.625 11.58
14.55 0.572 1.44 42.42 1.670 12.23
15.00 0.591 1.53 44.45 1.750 13.43
15.88 0.625 1.71 45.00 1.772 13.77
16.00 0.630 1.74 46.00 1.811 14.38 5
S8
17.00 0.669 1.96 47.62 1.875 15.42
17.46 0.687 2.07 50.00 1.969 16.99
18.00 0.709 2.20 52.07 2.050 18.43
19.00 0.748 2.45 50.80 2.000 17.54
19.05 0.750 2.47 53.67 2.113 19.58
20.00 0.787 2.72 55.00 2.165 20.56
20.64 0.812 2.90 57.15 2.250 22.20
21.00 0.827 3.00 60.00 2.362 24.47
22.00 0.866 3.29 63.50 2.500 27.41
22.22 0.875 3.36 65.00 2.559 28.72
23.81 0.937 3.85 70.00 2.756 33.31
24.00 0.945 3.92 75.00 2.953 38.24

Grades: 1045, 1214, 12L14

Other sizes available up to 100mm mill sourced generally.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


6
S8
Imperial flats
Width S10S Thickness (mm)
(mm)

Printed July 2010


3.17 4.76 6.35 7.96 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 22.22 25.40 31.75 38.10 44.45 50.80 57.15 63.50 76.20 101.60

9.52 1020 1020 1020


15.87 1004 1020 1020
19.05 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
25.40 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
31.75 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
38.10 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
44.45 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
50.80 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
63.50 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
Cold rolled square edge – U1004

Cold drawn square edge – M1020

76.20 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
88.90 1020 1020 1020
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

101.60 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
127.00 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
152.40 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020

Metric flats Couloured sizes typically available ex stock.


Bright steel – flat bar and square-edged flat bar
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Width S10S Thickness (mm) Consult Atlas branch for current availibility ex
(mm) 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 15 20 25 40 50 stock or by indent.
10 1004 1004 1004
20 1004 1020
25 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 Available in Grades 1004 or M1020.

32 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020


40 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020
50 1004 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020
75 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020
100 1004 1004 1004 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020
150 1020

www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: BRIGHT AND MILD STEEL BAR

Bright mild steel square bar – cold drawn squares

Product range and theoretical weights Product range and theoretical weights
Across Flats Weight Across Flats S10S
Weight
mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m)

6.00 0.236 0.28 25.00 0.984 4.91


6.35 0.250 0.32 25.40 1.000 5.06
7.94 0.313 0.49 28.58 1.125 6.41
8.00 0.315 0.50 30.00 1.181 7.06
9.53 0.375 0.71 31.75 1.250 7.91
10.00 0.394 0.78 34.93 1.375 9.58
11.11 0.437 0.97 38.10 1.500 11.39
12.00 0.472 1.13 40.00 1.575 12.56
12.70 0.500 1.27 41.27 1.625 13.37
14.29 0.563 1.60 44.45 1.750 15.51
15.87 0.625 1.98 47.63 1.875 17.81
16.00 0.630 2.01 50.00 1.969 19.62
17.46 0.687 2.39 50.80 2.000 20.26
19.05 0.750 2.85 63.50 2.500 31.65
20.00 0.787 3.14 75.00 2.953 44.16
20.64 0.813 3.34 100.00 3.937 78.50
22.23 0.875 3.88 150.00 5.906 176.62
23.81 0.937 4.45

Grade: 1214
7
S8

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR

Carbon steel round bar 1045


Refer to the “Atlas Specialty Metals – Technical Handbook of Bar Products”,
for more detail on specifications, dimensions and technical data.

Related Specifications

AS 1442 - 1045
JIS G4051 – S45C
BS 970: En8D / 43B

Chemical Compostion (% by weight - nominal values)


Grade C Mn Si P S
1045 0.45 0.7 0.2 0.02 0.02
Grade 1045 is a fully killed medium carbon steel supplied in the as-rolled condition or
normalised (subject to the diameter). The tensile strength is not guaranteed, but is
typically in the range of 550 – 700 MPa.

Applications
The steel machines readily and is ideal for applications including:

• Axles
• Bolts
• Hydraulic rams
• Pins
• Rolls
8
S8
• Shafts
• Sprockets
• Machined parts requiring better strength than mild steel

The steel is also well suited to induction and flame hardening

Dimensional Tolerances
The following tolerances apply to bar supplied to AS 1442.
Similar but not identical tolerances apply for other related specifications.

Nominal Diameter (mm) Diameter Tolerance (mm) Out-of-square Tolerance (mm)


Up to 25 ±0.25 0.40
Over 25 to 30 ±0.30 0.45
Over 30 to 40 ±0.40 0.60
Over 40 to 50 ±0.50 0.75
Over 50 to 60 ±0.60 0.90
Over 60 to 70 ±0.70 1.05
Over 70 to 80 ±0.80 1.20
Over 80 to 100 ±0.90 1.35
Over 100 to 125 +3.20 / -nil 3.20
Over 125 to 170 +4.80 / -nil 4.80
Over 170 to 215 +6.40 / -nil 6.40

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL BAR

Product range and theoretical weights

Diameter Weight Diameter Weight


mm inches kg/m mm inches kg/m

16 0.630 1.6 200 7.874 247


20 0.787 2.5 210 8.268 272
24 0.945 3.6 220 8.661 299
27 1.063 4.5 230 9.055 326
30 1.181 5.6 240 9.449 355
33 1.299 6.7 250 9.843 385
36 1.417 8.0 260 10.236 417
39 1.535 9.4 270 10.630 449
42 1.654 9.0 280 11.024 483
45 1.772 5.0 290 11.417 518
50 1.969 15.4 300 11.811 555
55 2.165 18.7 310 12.205 592
56 2.205 19.3 320 12.598 631
60 2.362 22.2 330 12.992 671
65 2.559 26.1 340 13.386 713
70 2.756 30.2 350 13.780 755
73 2.874 32.9 360 14.173 799
75 2.953 34.7 380 14.961 890
80 3.150 39.5 400 15.748 986
85 3.346 44.5 410 16.142 1036 9
90 3.543 49.9 415 16.339 1062 S8

95 3.740 55.6 420 16.535 1088


100 3.937 61.7 440 17.323 1194
105 4.134 68.0 450 17.717 1248
110 4.331 74.6 460 18.110 1305
120 4.724 88.8 480 18.898 1420
130 5.118 104 500 19.685 1541
140 5.512 121 525 20.669 1699
150 5.906 139 550 21.654 1865
160 6.299 158 590 23.228 2146
170 6.693 178 610 24.016 2294
180 7.087 200 650 25.591 2605
190 7.480 223

Available in random 5.0m - 6.0m lengths

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Alloy constructional and


case hardening steel round bar
Low alloy steels
For applications requiring higher tensile strengths and toughness than the carbon
steels there is a range of low alloy steels. These are categorised as high tensile or
constructional steels and case hardening steels. The high tensile strength steels have
sufficient alloying additions enabling through hardening (by quench and temper
treatment) according to their alloying additions.

Case hardening (carburising) steels


Case hardening steels are a group of alloy steels in which a high hardness
surface zone (hence the term ‘case hardened’) is developed during heat treatment by
absorption and diffusion of carbon. The high hardness zone is supported by the
unaffected underlying core zone, which is lower hardness and higher toughness.

Plain carbon steels that can be used for case hardening are restricted. Where plain
carbon steels are used, the rapid quenching necessary to develop satisfactory hardness
within the case can cause distortion and the strength that can be developed in the core
is very limited. Alloy case hardening steels allow the flexibility of slower quenching
methods to minimise distortion and high core strengths can be developed.

Nitriding steels
Nitriding steels can have higher surface hardness developed by absorption of nitrogen,
when exposed to a nitriding atmosphere at temperatures in the range of 510-530ºC,
10 after hardening and tempering.
S8
High tensile steels suitable for nitriding are: 4130, 4140, X4150, 4340, En25, En26.

Chemical composition (% by weight – nominal values)

Grade C Si Mn Cr Mo S Ni
High tensile
4140 0.40 – 0.80 0.90 0.20 –
4340 0.40 – 0.80 0.80 0.25 –
En25 0.30 – 0.60 0.65 0.55 – 2.00
En26 0.40 – 0.60 0.65 0.55 – 2.50
Hytuf 0.25 1.5 1.40 0.30 0.40 – 1.75
Case hardening
En36A 0.12 – 0.50 0.90 – 3.25
En39B 0.15 – 0.50 1.20 0.20 – 4.20
8620 0.20 – 0.80 0.50 0.20 – 0.50
6587 0.16 – 0.50 1.65 0.30 – 1.55
(17CrNiMo6)

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Mechanical property specifications

Grade Specification

4140 Up to 50mm AS 1444, Condition T.


50 to 100mm AS 1444, Condition T.
Over 100mm ASTM A434, Class BD.

4340 Up to 100mm AS 1444, Condition U.


Above 100mm ASTM A434, 4340, Class BD.

En25 AS 1444, Condition U or BS970: Part 3, 826 M31, Condition U.

En26 BS 970: Part 3, 826M40, Condition W.

Hytuf SAE AMS 6418. Annealed condition.

Note 1: Specified hardenability grades are available on request.

Note 2: The actual specification of the product ordered will depend upon the
product’s origin – for deviations from the above specification refer the
to the Technical Department.

Note 3: Alloy bar can be sourced in alternative conditions, i.e. annealed or other
hardened and tempered conditions.

11
Designation of tensile strengths S8

AS 1444/BS 970 tensile strength designation ASTM A434 Class BD tensile strength
Tensile strength Tensile strength Diameter Tensile strength
designator (MPa) (mm) Min. (MPa)

R 700-850 38.1 and under 1070


S 770-930 over 38.1 to 63.5 inclusive 1030
T 850-1000 over 63.5 to 114 inclusive 960
U 930-1080 over 114 to 178 inclusive 930
V 1000-1150 over 178 to 241.3 inclusive 900
W 1080-1230
X 1150-1300
Y 1230-1380
Z 1550 min.

Yield (proof) stress and elongation limits also apply – refer to AS 1444, BS 970 or ASTM A434.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Typical applications

Grade Description
High tensile
4140 General-purpose high tensile, used for axles, shafts, high tensile studs
and bolts, gears and drill rods. The steel is also suitable for flame and
induction hardening.

4340 Suitable for the most severe duties where freedom from temper-brittleness
is necessary. It has high strength and toughness in large sections. Used in
highly stressed shafts in the larger sizes, heavy truck and tractor axles and
transmission shafts. In the heat-treated condition.

En25 En25 is used extensively in most industry sectors for applications requiring
higher tensile and yield strength than 4140 can provide, similar to En26 but
with lower carbon content.

En26 Characterised by high strength and toughness in very large sections, similar
to En25 but with a higher carbon content. En26 is used extensively in most
industry sectors for applications requiring higher tensile and yield strength
than 4140, 4340 or En25 can provide.

Hytuf Hytuf offers an excellent combination of very high toughness and high
strength. This aerospace specification steel finds appliction in critical mineral
processing.

Case hardening
8620 General-purpose case hardening steel suitable for comparatively lightly
stressed components. Used for automatic components such as transmission
gears, crown wheels, ring gears, hypoid gears and racers, king pins and pinions.
Atlas 6587 The high chromium content produces high case hardness with excellent core
(17CrNiMo6) strength. Used for gears, bearings, sleeves, pins, bushes, shafts, plastic
12 moulds and any highly stressed or high wear component.
S8
En36A Used extensively for highly stressed gears in trucks, agriculture and mining
machinery, pins and brushes, heavily loaded shafts and other applications
requiring a hard surface with a tough shock-resisting core. Core tensile
strength 800MPa minimum after hardening and tempering.
En39B An exceptionally high hardenability steel for large or highly stressed gears
where core strength and toughness is required. May be used as an alloy
engineering steel. Core tensile strength 1100MPa minimum after hardening
and strengthening.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND CASE HARDENING STEEL BAR

Alloy and case hardening steel round bar ASTM A434M, BS 970 or AS 1444
Product range and theoretical weights
Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter
Weight Weight Weight Weight
mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m) mm inches (kg/m)

10.00 0.394 0.62 39.00 1.535 9.38 75.00 2.953 34.68 170.00 6.693 178.17
12.00 0.472 0.89 40.00 1.575 9.86 76.00 2.992 35.61 172.00 6.772 182.38
12.70 0.500 0.99 40.50 1.594 10.11 76.20 3.000 35.80 175.00 6.890 188.80
13.00 0.512 1.04 41.28 1.625 10.51 78.00 3.071 37.51 180.00 7.087 199.75
14.00 0.551 1.21 42.00 1.654 10.87 80.00 3.150 39.47 182.00 7.165 204.21
15.88 0.625 1.55 42.50 1.673 11.14 82.00 3.228 41.45 185.00 7.283 211.00
16.00 0.630 1.58 42.65 1.679 11.21 82.55 3.250 42.01 190.00 7.480 222.56
18.00 0.709 2.00 43.50 1.713 11.67 84.00 3.307 43.50 192.00 7.559 227.26
19.00 0.748 2.23 44.45 1.750 12.18 87.00 3.425 46.66 195.00 7.677 234.42
19.05 0.750 2.24 45.00 1.772 12.48 88.90 3.500 48.72 200.00 7.874 246.60
20.00 0.787 2.47 46.20 1.819 13.16 90.00 3.543 49.94 205.00 8.071 259.08
22.00 0.866 2.98 47.50 1.870 13.91 92.00 3.622 52.18 210.00 8.268 271.88
22.22 0.875 3.04 47.62 1.875 13.98 96.00 3.780 56.82 220.00 8.661 298.39
24.00 0.945 3.55 48.00 1.890 14.20 97.00 3.819 58.01 230.00 9.055 326.13
25.00 0.984 3.85 50.00 1.969 15.41 100.00 3.937 61.65 240.00 9.449 355.10
25.40 1.000 3.98 50.80 2.000 15.91 101.60 4.016 64.14 250.00 9.843 385.31
26.00 1.024 4.17 51.50 2.028 16.35 102.00 4.016 64.14 260.00 10.236 416.75
27.00 1.063 4.49 52.00 2.047 16.67 106.00 4.173 69.27 270.00 10.630 449.42
27.45 1.081 4.64 54.00 2.126 17.98 110.00 4.331 74.60 280.00 11.024 483.34
13
28.00 1.102 4.83 55.00 2.165 18.65 116.00 4.567 82.96 290.00 11.417 518.48
S8
28.57 1.125 5.03 55.50 2.187 19.03 120.00 4.724 88.78 300.00 11.811 554.85
29.00 1.142 5.18 56.00 2.205 19.33 125.00 4.921 96.33 310.00 12.205 592.46
29.50 1.161 5.36 57.15 2.250 20.14 127.00 5.000 99.43 320.00 12.598 631.30
30.00 1.181 5.55 58.00 2.283 20.74 130.00 5.118 104.19 330.00 12.992 671.37
31.50 1.240 6.12 60.00 2.362 22.19 136.00 5.354 114.03 340.00 13.386 712.67
31.75 1.250 6.21 62.00 2.441 23.70 140.00 5.512 120.83 350.00 13.780 755.21
32.00 1.260 6.31 63.00 2.480 24.47 142.00 5.591 124.31 360.00 14.173 798.98
32.50 1.280 6.51 63.50 2.500 24.86 145.00 5.709 129.62 370.00 14.567 843.98
33.00 1.299 6.71 63.80 2.512 25.09 146.00 5.748 131.41 380.00 14.961 890.23
34.50 1.358 7.34 64.00 2.520 25.25 150.00 5.906 138.72 390.00 15.354 937.70
34.92 1.374 7.52 65.00 2.559 26.05 152.00 5.984 142.44 400.00 15.748 986.40
35.00 1.378 7.55 66.00 2.598 26.85 155.00 6.102 148.11 450.00 17.717 1248.41
36.00 1.417 7.99 68.00 2.677 28.51 158.00 6.220 153.90 500.00 19.685 1541.25
37.50 1.476 8.67 69.85 2.750 30.08 160.00 6.299 157.82
38.00 1.496 8.90 70.00 2.756 30.21 162.00 6.378 161.79
38.10 1.500 8.95 72.00 2.835 31.96 165.00 6.496 167.84

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: HARD CHROME BAR

Hard chrome bar


Hard chrome bar is a chromium-plated steel product used primarily as piston
rod material in all standard applications in hydraulics and pneumatics. Common
applications are found in cranes, dump trucks, lifters, garbage compactors,
agricultural machinery and production equipment with movable sections.

Because hard chrome bar is normally used in conditions of high stress, friction and
harsh climatic environment, the quality of the base metal and surface treatment are
of paramount importance. Wear, impact and corrosion resistance, as well as high yield
strength, surface smoothness and uniform quality are most important properties of hard
chrome bar.

Hard chrome bar typical properties

The basic grades of steel used in the manufacture of hard chrome bar are 1045, 4140
hardened and tempered and 1045 induction (surface) hardened.

Grade 1045 steel bar is primarily used in hard chrome bar manufacture due to its
wide range of properties consistent with end use applications. Grade 4140 is used in
applications where greater yield strength is required and induction hardened grade 1045
is used in applications requiring greater surface impact resistance.

Chromium deposit: Thickness 0.025mm minimum, or 0.050mm on the diameter.

Hardness: 1000-1150HV (Vickers Micro Hardness).


14
S8 Diameter tolerances:

Diameter Tolerance
mm mm

Up to 51 +0.00 -0.025
Over 51-102 +0.00 -0.050
Over 102 +0.00 -0.075

Size range: Size 19.05mm - 127mm diameter. Sizes outside this range can be quoted
against enquiry.

Length: Can be supplied in lengths 3.6 metres to 7.0 metres. Normally in 4.0 metres for
sizes 19.05mm to 25.4mm and 6.0 metres for sizes above 25.4mm.

Finish: 0.10 - 0.30 micrometres Ra. Chrome bar is precision ground to achieve a fine finish.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: HARD CHROME BAR

Packing: All hard chrome bars are packaged in cardboard tubes which provide
cushioning against impact damage which may occur in handling and transit.
All bars are then boxed.

Chemical composition (% by weight)

Grade C Mn Si P S Cr Mo
1045 0.43 - 0.45 0.60 - 0.90 0.10 - 0.35 0.05 max. 0.05 max. – –
4140 0.38 - 0.43 0.75 - 1.00 0.15 - 0.35 0.04 max. 0.04 max. 0.8 - 1.10 0.15 - 0.25

Chrome bar: product range and theoretical weights

Diameter Weight Diameter Weight


(mm) (kg/m) (mm) (kg/m)

19.05 2.24 50.80 15.93


20.00 2.47 56.00 19.33
22.22 3.05 57.15 20.16
25.00 3.85 60.00 22.22
25.40 3.98 63.00 24.27
28.57 5.03 63.50 24.89
30.00 5.55 69.85 30.11
31.75 6.22 70.00 30.24
32.00 6.32 76.20 35.84
34.92 7.52 80.00 39.42
15
35.00 7.55 82.55 42.00 S8
36.00 8.00 85.00 44.54
38.10 8.96 88.90 48.78
40.00 9.87 90.00 50.00
44.45 12.19 100.00 61.73
45.00 12.50 101.60 63.72
47.63 13.98 114.30 80.54
50.00 15.43 127.00 99.56

Grades: 1045, 1045 induction hardened, 4140 hardened & tempered.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

Carbon steel hollow bar


Hollow bar, otherwise known as seamless mechanical tubing, is a tubular
product made with characteristics and properties suitable for subsequent
transformation into a great variety of hollow products and cylindrical
components for general engineering purposes. Carbon and alloy steel hollow
bars are normally supplied as circular sections although other shapes are
available.

Selection of the most suitable raw material for production of circular hollow components,
whether the component is a plain bush or a complex precision part, should take into
consideration the advantages in using hollow bar as feedstock. It is important to remember
when comparing hollow bar and solid bar that the raw material cost is dependent on the
length of material used to produce the component. Since the purchase price of raw
material is based on weight, the price per length is an important factor.

Hollow bar is preferred by many users because of significant savings on raw material
cost and machining time. In many instances it is possible to choose a hollow bar
with outside diameter and wall thickness very close to the finished dimensions of the
component to be manufactured. The need for preliminary operations such as turning
and boring is therefore substantially reduced or eliminated. Benefits are gained from
reduction in setting-up time and machine cycle times, lower labour and overhead
costs for each component, reduced tool costs, lower lubricant usage and machinery
maintenance costs. Swarf handling problems are also simplified.

Carbon steel hollow bar


16 Products are sourced under internationally recognised specifications including
S8 ASTM A519M and ISO2938, as well as a variety of proprietary grades which comply
with the requirements of appropriate specifications.

The typical grades of carbon steel hollow bar stocked by Atlas Steels are:

• VM312, Grade 147M


• 20Mn V6
• TIM V6
• St52
• Ovako 28 (New Zealand only)

Seamless carbon steel hollow bar is normally supplied in the as-rolled condition and is
suitable for a wide range of thermal treatments such as normalising, surface hardening
and hardening and tempering.

Low alloy steel hollow bar

Atlas Steels can supply both 4140 and 4340 grades of alloy steel hollow bar, compliant
with ASTM A519M or equivalent specification and supplied in various conditions, usually
hardened and tempered, but also annealed or as-rolled conditions subject to the specific
application.

Further enquiries should be made on any specific requirements.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

A comparison – hollow bar vs solid bar


Boring from hollow bar Drilling from solid bar

No drilling is necessary and a shorter time cycle for the Time is required for drilling from solid bar and the boring
manufacture of each component is made possible. operation may still be required.
Boring from hollow bar creates less swarf resulting in low Drilling from solid bar creates an excessive amount of swarf
material wastage and less-frequent machine cleaning. resulting in high wastage and frequent machine cleaning.
Coolant may not be needed. Coolant most likely required.

Hollow bar: product range and theoretical weights

Weight Weight Weight


OD (mm) ID (mm) OD (mm) ID (mm) OD (mm) ID (mm)
(kg/m) (kg/m) (kg/m)

32 16 4.85 75 45 22.70 100 80 22.80


32 20 3.98 75 50 19.70 106 56 50.60
36 16 6.54 75 56 15.80 106 63 45.50
36 20 5.66 75 60 13.34 106 71 30.80
36 25 4.29 80 40 30.10 106 80 30.50
40 20 7.54 80 45 27.50 106 85 25.40
40 25 6.17 80 50 24.50 112 63 53.70
40 28 5.20 80 56 20.60 112 71 47.10
45 20 10.18 80 63 15.50 112 80 38.70
45 28 7.83 85 45 32.60 112 90 28.20
45 32 6.36 85 50 29.70 118 63 62.30
50 25 11.74 85 55 26.40 118 71 55.60
50 32 9.30 85 67 17.40 118 80 47.30 17
50 36 7.63 90 45 37.45 118 85 42.59 S8

56 28 14.49 90 50 35.10 118 90 36.80


56 32 13.02 90 56 31.20 118 95 32.08
56 36 11.60 90 63 26.00 125 71 66.20
56 40 9.70 90 67 22.95 125 80 57.80
63 32 18.50 90 71 19.40 125 90 47.30
63 36 16.80 95 50 40.80 125 95 41.60
63 40 14.90 95 60 33.45 125 100 35.60
63 45 12.30 95 56 36.90 132 80 67.96
63 50 9.40 95 63 32.08 132 71 77.50
71 36 23.50 95 67 28.60 132 80 69.10
71 40 21.70 95 75 21.50 132 90 58.60
71 45 19.00 100 56 42.90 132 98 49.40
71 50 16.10 100 63 37.80 132 106 39.30
71 56 12.20 100 71 31.20 140 90 72.10
75 40 25.30 100 75 27.60 140 80 82.60

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING STEEL BAR: CARBON STEEL HOLLOW BAR

Hollow bar: product range and theoretical weights

Weight Weight
OD (mm) ID (mm) OD (mm) ID (mm)
(kg/m) (kg/m)

140 90 72.10 212 170 101.04


140 100 60.40 224 132 211.95
140 106 52.80 224 160 155.80
140 112 44.70 224 180 115.60
150 80 100.70 236 140 228.40
150 85 100.77 236 170 169.90
150 95 84.60 236 190 127.50
150 106 70.90 250 150 261.17
150 118 54.40 250 180 190.90
150 125 43.70 250 200 142.80
160 90 109.50 273 173 275.00
160 100 97.80 273 193 230.00
160 112 82.10 273 201 210.40
160 122 67.70 273 213 180
160 132 52.00 273 223 157.00
162.1 79.7 122.80 298 198 306.41
162.1 111.3 85.60 298 218 255.00
170 100 118.40 298 238 199.00
170 118 94.20 298 248 170.00
18
S8 170 130 75.90 298 258 137.00
170 140 59.20 324 224 337.80
172.3 121.3 92.20 324 244 280.00
180 100 140.10 324 274 186.00
180 112 126.03 356 236 437.00
180 125 105.04 356 256 377.00
180 140 80.90 356 276 311.00
180 150 63.00 406 286 512.00
190 109 156.20 406 306 439.00
190 132 117.50 406 334 324.00
190 150 86.20 457 327 628.00
190 160 67.10 457 357 502.00
200 112 176.85
200 140 129.62
200 160 92.25
212 125 180.99
212 150 142.3

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 8: ENGINEERING BAR: BANDSAW AND HACKSAW PROCESSING EQUIPMENT

Bandsaw and hacksaw


processing equipment
Within our branches we operate automated bandsaw and hacksaw facilities
offering a complete cutting service for your bar requirements. The local markets
and regional centres are supported by the nearest capital city when required.

Maximum cutting diameter is 650mm.

For more details regarding our processing service please contact your nearest sales office.

19
S8

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Aluminium Sheet, Coil, Plate
and Treadplate

9
Aluminium Sheet, Coil,
Plate and Treadplate

Photography courtesy of Alcoa Aluminium and INCAT.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Aluminium
Advantages of using Aluminium
• Light weight – approximately 3 the density of steel.
• Strength – some alloys can be substantially strengthened by work or by heat treatment.
• Workability – easy formability, machinability and readily welded.
• Corrosion resistance – varies depending on the alloy; the best resist marine exposure.
• Non-toxic – often used in contact with food.
• Non-magnetic and non-sparking.
• Electrical conductivity – very high; sometimes used for electrical conductors.
• Thermal conductivity – high.
• Reflectivity – bright finish options available.

Specifications
Generally in accordance with the specifications as outlined in the manual “Aluminium
Standards and Data” published by The Aluminium Association, USA. Australian and
other national specifications are generally in line with AA specifications.
Aluminium is identifiable by alloy and temper, which indicates chemical and mechanical
properties. This assists with possible applications for the product.
The following alloys are those commonly stocked in the Atlas Steels aluminium flat
products program.

Aluminium alloy compositions


Typical compositions of some common alloys. All values are percent.

Alloy Al Si Cu Mn Mg Cr Others
1050 99.5 min
1145 99.45 min
1200 99.0 min
2011 rem 5.5 Pb & Bi 0.4% each
3003 rem 0.12 1.2
3004 rem 1.2 1.0
3105 rem 0.6 0.50
5005 rem 0.8
5052 rem 2.5 0.25
5083 rem 0.7 4.4 0.15 1
5186 rem 0.4 3.3 S9
5251 rem 0.3 2.0
5383 rem 0.8 4.6
5454 rem 0.8 2.7 0.1
6005 rem 0.8 0.5
6060 rem 0.5 0.5 Fe 0.2%
6061 rem 0.6 0.28 1.0 0.20
6063 rem 0.4 0.7
6106 rem 0.4 0.1 0.6
6262 rem 0.6 0.28 1.0 0.09 Pb & Bi 0.55% each
6351 rem 1.0 0.6 0.6

Only major alloying elements are listed.


Normal impurities are also present.
Refer to specifications for limits to both major elements and impurities.
Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au
2
S9
Alloy Characteristics and Forms

Printed July 2010


Alloy Typical Application Characteristics1 Commercial Form
Corrosion Machina- Welda-
Resistace4 bility bility3 Anodising2 Plate Sheet Coil Extrusions

1050 Chemical & process plant & equipment A,A D,C A,A B,B � � �
1145 & Commercial pure aluminium.
1200 Used in cooking utensils and for deep frying A,A D,C A,A B,B � �
2011 Screw machine products not requiring decorative anodising D,D A,A D,D D,D �
3003 Chemical equipment, sheet metal work, rigid foil containers & closures A,A D,C A,A B,B � �
3004 Sheet metal work, car bodies, seam welding tubing, roofing sheet A,A D,C A,A B,B � �
3105 Painted sheet products A,A D,C A,A B,B � �
5005 Appliances & utensils, general sheet metal work & high-strength foil A,A D,C A,A B,B � � �
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

5052/5251 Sheet metal work, appliances, marine applications A,A C,B A,A C,C � � �
5083 High strength alloy used in transport, marine & structural
applications A,C C,B A,A C,C � �
5383 Specific to the marine industry with characteristics similar
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

to 5083 with enhance weldability A,C C,B A,A C,C � �


5454 Welded structures, pressure vessels for use at elevated
temperatures, marine applications A,A C,B A,A C,C � �
6005 Good strength for structural applications A,A B,C A,A B,B �
6061 & Structural applications where strength & corrosion
6351 resistance is needed. Used in transport applications. B,B B,C A,A B,B �
6063 & General purpose extrusion alloy for architectural
6060 applications where additional strength is required & for
structural applications not involving welding A,A C,C A,A A,A �
6106 Medium strength alloy used for architectural applications
where additional strength is required & for structural
applications not involving welding A,A C,C A,A A,A �
6262 Screw maching products suitable for decorative anodising B,B A,A B,B B,B �
1
Relative ratings in decreasing order of merit = A B C D (where A = most applicable). Two ratings e.g. AC are for annealed and hardest tempers.
2
Rating indicates suitability of alloy for decorative quality anodising; all aluminium alloys can be anodised for increased corrosion and wear resistance. See separate note “Anodising Quality”.
3
Weldability rating quoted is for arc welding. Some alloys have lesser weldability by gas processes.
4
General corrosion resistance rating. resistance to stress corrosion cracking can be less.

www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Aluminium sheet, coil,


plate and treadplate
Alloy systems
Alloy series Major alloying element
1??? = Pure aluminium (99.0% min. and greatest)
2??? = Copper is major addition
3??? = Manganese is major addition
4??? = Silicon is major addition
5??? = Magnesium is major addition
6??? = Magnesium and Silicon are major additions
7??? = Zinc is major addition
8??? = Alloys not covered above

Understanding an Alloy code

An alloy code is made up of 4 digits, e.g: Therefore 5052 means:


5 = Magnesium is the major
5 0 52 alloying element
0 = No changes to original alloy
since it was introduced
Major alloying element Indicates changes to minor Alloy identification 52 = Identifies the chemical
alloying elements number composition of this alloy

Heat treatable and non-heat Temper designation systems


treatable Alloys Strain hardened alloys
Alloy Treatable/non-treatable Temper Hardness
1??? = Non-heat treatable 0 Soft
3??? = Non-heat treatable H?2 4 hard
5??? = Non-heat treatable H?4 2 hard
6??? = Heat treatable H?6 p hard
H?8 Hard
Non-heat treatable alloys can be hardened by
cold work. The degree of work hardening is 3
Where “?” can be:
designated by the Temper. Heat treatable alloys S9
1 = As rolled - no final annealed e.g. H12
(the 2000, 6000 and 7000 series) are able to be
2 = Strain hardened and then partially annealed
solution treated and then age-hardened. These
(200°C - 260°C) e.g. H24
have “T” tempers.
3 = Strain hardened and then stabilized (150°C) e.g. H36

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Understanding a cold rolled temper code

Plate temper codes

Code Description
H111 Strain hardened less than the amount required for a controlled H11 temper.
H112 No special control over amount of strain hardening. Some minimum strength limits set.
H321 Strain hardened less than amount required for a controlled H32 temper.
H116 Acceptable resistance to stress cracking and exfoliation attack. Strain hardened less than amount
required for a controlled H32 temper.
H321/H116 Plate can be supplied with a dual temper from select mills.
H32 Strain hardened by rolling and then stabilising heat treatment to 4 hard.

Note: Plate tempers generally restricted to 2 hard maximum owing to heavy gauge – cannot get sufficient cold work for higher tempers.

Plate standards

Standard Description
ASTM B928 Typically a marine standard requiring exfoliation corrosion testing but also inter-granular resistance.
Material for marine application is typically ordered as tempers H116 and/or H321 and possibly
referenced to an international recognised testing authority. All material to this standard is line
marked with manufacturing traceability.
ASTM B209 A non-marine application where additional corrosion testing is not required. This is typically applied
to plate for the transport industry where surface finish and bright levels are critical. Material is
ordered to a standard “H” temper i.e. H32, which mechanical properties are very similar to H321.
The material does not require identification line marking from the manufacturer.
DNV/Lloyds Plate for marine applications can be supplied with testing certified by Det Norske Veritas (DNV).

Anodising Quality Aluminium Sheet


Altas standard stock is not classified as “anodising quality” and as such is not guaranteed to give acceptable anodising
appearance in any particular conditions. Much of this standard stock has been shown by considerable production
experience to anodise well, particularly in smaller items and where exact colour consistency is not required. The
acceptability of anodising outcomes should be established by trial on a case by case basis with this product.
Atlas can source anodising quality aluminium sheet, usually in grade 5005. Where exact colour matching is required
4 across a batch or even between batches this should be discussed with Atlas sales staff.
S9

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Product range

Aluminium Sheet
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all sheet product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.
Linishing is also available.

Alloys 5005, 5052/ 5251


Tempers 0, H32, H34, H38, H321/H116
Thickness range (mm) 0.15 to less than 6
Width range (mm) 900, 1200, 1500
Length range (mm) 1800, 2400, 3000, 3600
Other grades available on request.

Aluminium Coil/Strip
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all coil product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.
Linishing is also available.

Alloys 3003, 3004, 3105, 5005, 5052/5251


Tempers 0, H32, H34, H38, H321/H116
Thickness range (mm) 0.15 to less than 6
Width range (mm) 25 to 1525

Aluminium Plate
Note: Through our processing facilities (Atlas Metals Processors), all plate product can be slit and cut to length for specific requirements.

Alloys 5083, 5005, 5052, 5454, 5186


Tempers H32, H34, H321/H116
Thickness range (mm) 6 to 25
Width range (mm) 1200 to 2500
Length range (mm) 2400 to 12000

Aluminium Treadplate
Note: Mill orders can be supplied to a customer’s desired width and length.
5
S9
Alloys (Commonly stocked) 5052/5251, 3003
Tempers 0, H112, H114
Finish Standard 5 bar Mill Finish (Alloy 5052/5251 Temper 0)
Propeller Pattern Bright (Alloy 3003 Temper H114)
Thickness range (mm) 1.6 to 8
Width range (mm) 1200 to1525
Length range (mm) 2400 to 6100

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Extrusions
Standard and industry specific shapes are stocked in select Atlas branches. Please enquire at your local
sales office.

Non Standard Product Range


Aluminium product can be sourced outside the standard stock range nominated above. For such inquiries please
contact the local Atlas sales office.

Finishes

Aluminium Plate
• Elval Bright Transport Plate: this material is sourced from a select mill. Atlas market and stock this quality of
plate in Alloy 5083, temper H32.
• Mill Finish: this refers to plate supplied ex mill with a commercial finish. This material is typically used in the
marine industry, general engineering and transport industry where bright plate is not critical.

Tread Plate

Pattern - 5 Bar Pattern - Propeller or 1 Bar


available in Alloy 5052 available in Alloy 3003

6
S9

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 9: ALUMINIUM SHEET, COIL, PLATE AND TREADPLATE

Bending radius chart

Recommended minimum inside bending radii for 90 degree cold forming of sheet and
plate 123 (bending transverse to rolling direction).

Radii for various thickness expressed in terms of thickness t


Alloy Temper t=0.4mm t=0.8mm t=1.6mm t=3.0mm t=4.0mm t=6.0mm t=10.0mm t=12.0mm
1080A 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 0.5t 1t
1050 H12 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t
1350 H14 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t
1150 H16 0t 0t 0.5t 1t
H18 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t
1100 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t
1200 H12 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H14 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
H16 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t
H18 1t 1.5t 2t 3t
20242 0 0t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 2.5t 4t
T42 2.5t 3t 4t 5t 5t 6t 7t 8t
3003 0 0t 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
3203 H12 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
3005 H14 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
5005 H16 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
H18 1t 1.5t 2t 3t
H32 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H34 0t 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
H36 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H38 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3.5t 4.5t 5.5t 6.5t
3004 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t
H32 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t
H34 0t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2.5t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t
5050A 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t
H32 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1.5t
H34 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t
5052 0 0t 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
5251 H32 0t 0t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 2t
H34 0t 1t 1.5t 2t 2t 2.5t 2.5t 3t
H36 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t 4.5t
H38 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t 5t 5.5t 6.5t
5154A 0 0t 0t 0.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
5454 H32 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3.5t
H34 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H112 2t 2.5t 3t
5083 0 0.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t
H321 1.5t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2.5t
5086 0 0t 0t 1.5t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 1.5t 7
H32 0t 1.5t 1.5t 2t 2t 2t 2.5t 3t
S9
H34 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
H36 3t 3.5t
H112 1.5t 2t 2t 2.5t
6061
2
0 0t 0t 0t 1t 1t 1t 1.5t 2t
T4 & T42 0t 0.5t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 3.5t 4t
T6 & T62 1t 1t 1.5t 2.5t 3t 4t 4.5t 5t

1
The radii listed are the minimum recommended for bending sheets and plates without fracturing in a standard press break with air bend dies. Other types
of bending operations may require larger radii or permit smaller radii. The minimum permissible radii will also vary with the design and condition of
tooling.
2
Heat-treatable alloys can be formed over appreciable smaller radii immediately after solution heat treatment.
3
The H112 temper (applicable to non-heat treatable alloys) is supplied in the as-fabricate condition without special property control, but usually can be
formed over radii applicable to the H14 (or H34) temper or smaller.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Quenched & Tempered
Low Alloy Steel Plate

10
Low Alloy Steel Plate
Quenched & Tempered
*

Photography courtesy of Outokumpu, Atlas Specialty Metals and *Corbis (copyright).


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 10: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE

Quenched and Tempered


Low Alloy Steel Plate
Atlas Steels stocks and distributes quenched and tempered plate, a steel that is
stronger and harder than ordinary carbon steel. The product is used for the
manufacture and repair of machinery and structures where greater abrasion
resistance or higher yield strength is required. 1
S10
Atlas primarily stocks the Bisalloy brand range of quenched and tempered plate that is
readily available in a multitude of grades and thicknesses.

Grade 80
High strength, low alloy structural steel with controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. This plate can be successfully welded to itself and a range of other steels,
provided low hydrogen consumables are used and attention is paid to preheat, interpass
temperature, heat input and the degree of joint restraint.

Stress relieving can be achieved at 540ºC-570ºC. Heating above this temperature should be
avoided to minimise adverse effects on mechanical properties. This plate can be successfully
cold formed, provided allowances are made for the increased strength of the steel.

Applications. Utilising the high strength properties of this grade allows reduction in
section thickness, without loss of structural integrity. Common applications:
• Transport equipment • Lifting equipment
• Excavator and loader buckets • Dump truck trays

Grade 400/450
High hardness, abrasion-resistant steel with a controlled carbon equivalent for optimum
weldability. With attention to heat input, preheat and consumable selection, it can be
readily welded to itself and other steels, using conventional low hydrogen processes.

Applications. Through the plate’s hardness and good mechanical properties this grade
is the most popular wear plate in Australia. It has been extensively used in the following areas:
• Dump trucks • Earthmoving buckets
• Chutes • Gear wheels

Grade 500
Medium carbon, high hardness and abrasion-resistant steel. With attention to heat
input, preheat and consumable selection, it can successfully be welded to itself and a
range of other steels.

The high hardness causes difficult cold forming, requiring higher bending and cold
forming forces along with greater allowances for springback.

Applications. The hardest quenched and tempered steel produced offers exceptional
long life in sliding abrasion applications such as:
• Chutes • Cutting edges
• Wear liners • Earthmoving buckets

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 10: QUENCHED AND TEMPERED LOW ALLOY STEEL PLATE

Quenched and Tempered steel plate range

Product stocked or available from production in Australia


Thickness (mm) Width x Length (mm) 80 Grade 400 Grade 500 Grade
4 2500 x 9000
5 1525 x 8000
5 2500 x 9000

2 6 2485 x 8000
S10 8 2485 x 8000
10 2485 x 8000
10 3100 x 8000
12 2485 x 8000
12 3100 x 8000
16 2485 x 8000
16 3100 x 8000
20 2485 x 8000
20 3100 x 8000
25 2485 x 8000
25 3100 x 8000
32 2485 x 8000
32 3100 x 9000
40 2485 x 8000
50 2485 x 8000
60 2485 x 6000
65 2400 x 6000
70 1900 x 6000
75 1900 x 6000
80 1900 x 6000
90 1525 x 6000
100 1525 x 6000
120 2000 x 4000
140 on application
150 on application
160 on application

Bisalloy brand is commonly stocked.


Other brands/sizes/thicknesses are available upon request.

Calculation for plate mass: width x length x thickness x 7.85 = plate weight.
Example: 2.485m x 8.0m x 12mm x 7.85 = 1873kg or 1.873 tonne.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


Product Support Services

11
Product Support
Services

Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: TECHNICAL SERVICES

Technical Services
Atlas Steels has for many years taken a leadership role in the stainless and
special steels market by providing technical service support to users through our
qualified and experienced staff at our distribution and processing operations.

The Atlas Steels Technical Department exists to support our customers and sales
personnel to:

• assist with grade selection and metallurgical properties of steel;

• assist with product selection to meet specific needs;

• assist with the nomination and interpretation of specifications;

• recommend fabrication procedures;


1
• investigate problems when they occur; and S11

• train staff and those of customers in the use of stainless and special steels.

The Department establishes and maintains the quality standards for product supply from
mills and conducts a testing program to ensure that product sold by Atlas Steels meets
those standards.

Customers are invited to take advantage of the technical service provided by Atlas Steels;
all enquiries can be directed to:

Australia:
Free call: 1800 818 599
Email: tech@atlasmetals.com.au

New Zealand:
Telephone: +61 3 9272 9963
Email: tech@atlasmetals.co.nz

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

Quality Assurance Practices


Quality assurance principles

A principal factor in the performance of an organisation is the quality of its


products and services. Quality is the sum total of the features or characteristics
of a product or service that determines whether it is satisfactory for the
intended end use.

Atlas Steels has a formal quality management system, which has been continually
certified to ISO9001 since 1990. The quality system at Atlas provides the following
benefits to our customers:

• product identification and traceability at all stages of operations;

• product supplied only from approved vendors;


2
S11 • product purchased to recognised specifications and standards;

• mill inspection certificates available with purchases;

• systematic and proper storage, packaging and handling of all products;

• personnel who identify easily with customer quality needs;

• an established inventory management system and procedures based on an integrated


computer network; and

• a computerised system of document control, record keeping and handling of non-


conforming product.

• continual improvement of the quality system;

The Atlas quality assurance system is based on our ongoing commitment to meet our
customers’ expectations of quality and service. Our commitment to quality management
means we are constantly reassessing our performance and aim to continually improve
our systems and procedures with the aim of maintaining our leadership in the stainless
and special metals distribution industry in Australia and New Zealand.

An important aspect of the Atlas quality system is the ability to trace product from
the original source to end user. This process provides two significant services to the
customer:

• mill inspection certification when required; and

• product liability requirements can be complied with.

The mill inspection certificate is the evidence that the product supplied is in conformance
with the appropriate standard specification.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

Product specifications

Most special metal products distributed by Atlas Steels are ordered to ASTM (American
Society for Testing and Materials) specifications. Some Australian (AS), Euronorm (EN),
British (BS), Japanese (JIS), German (DIN) and International (ISO) standards are nominated
where appropriate. ANSI/ASME and API specs are also commonly used for fluid products.
A list of the most common product specifications is contained in the appendices of this
publication.

ASTM standards are frequently issued in dual inch-pound and metric units and are
typically designated as follows: Stainless steel plate, sheet and coil to ASTM
A240/A240M. It is the policy of Atlas to purchase the metric version where one exists, in
this case ASTM A240M.

In the ASTM system ‘general requirements’ to product specifications, which includes


dimensional tolerance, are often given in separate specifications, for example, ASTM
A240/A240M refers to A480/A480M for dimensions, etc.

Product traceability 3
S11
Traceability of product achieves two things:

1. it provides correct documentation when a customer requires it (i.e. inspection


certificates); and

2. it enables traceability back to the supplier should there be a product non-conformance.


Traceability within Atlas Steels is based on:

• identification data supplied by the mill, with the product. This is typically a heat
number, batch number or bundle number; and

• the Atlas batch number is used as an identifier for all Atlas product.

Atlas controls the traceability of product up until the time it is delivered to a customer.
From that point it is the customer’s responsibility to maintain traceability.

Grade colour codes

Colour coding is a method employed as a secondary aid to steel grade identification and
is complementary to marked, tagged or label identification. Products not normally colour
coded are stainless steel tube, sheet and coil, fittings, flanges, wire, wire rope and
welding consumables.

Minor deviations from the standard colour are accounted for by a white stripe or band,
which indicates that the product varies in some way from the standard grade, or is
special in some way.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: QUALITY ASSURANCE PRACTICES

In addition some specific grades or product are colour coded as ‘no colour’... AtlasCR12
plate and U1004 carbon steel bright bar are not coded even though all other stainless
steel plate and bright bar products are. These products are identifiable as the only
uncoded products.

When colour coded product is cut the offcut is also colour coded.

Inspection certificates

Euronorm EN10204 covers test certification. It outlines the type of information to be


included in the certification and nominates the testing authority who should conduct
and sign-off the test certificates.

Type 3.1 test certificates must contain results of tests actually carried out on the batch of
material being certified (type 2 test certificates can contain typical rather than actual
values). Personnel independent of production must have carried out the tests and the
document must contain a statement that the product complies with the order or with
the relevant product specification.
4 Atlas standard purchasing requirement from mills is for test certification of product to
S11
EN10204, 3.1.

Supplier selection

Atlas aims to have a select group of preferred suppliers that have a proven track record
for commercial, delivery and quality performance.

The list of suppliers comprises a worldwide network of both mill and stockist specialty
metals suppliers. Mills usually provide lower prices, but large overseas stockists can often
deliver quicker.

Before a supplier is included on the Atlas approved vendors listing they must satisfy the
criteria of quality assurance and product approval processes conducted by the Technical
Services Department of Atlas. New suppliers maybe required to submit test samples,
which are evaluated for conformance with recognised standard specifications.

Existing suppliers are subjected to random product audits (from product in the
warehouses and from evaluation of customer complaints). Procedures also exist within
Atlas to monitor price competitiveness, delivery and service quality of all suppliers.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Atlas Project Services


As experienced market leaders, we have grown from specialists in supply
and distribution of stainless and specialty metals to providers of a total
materials service.

The Atlas Total Materials Service

We offer a total materials service throughout the lifecycle of a project. From inception to
clearance, our service involves:
• Supply;
• Logistics;
• Warehousing; and
• Management of all materials; as well as
• Support of ongoing maintenance requirements.
5
Supply S11

Atlas Steels draws upon its worldwide network of proven steel mills and specialist
distributors, to ensure procurement of the right quality of materials at a competitive rate.

The development and appraisal of our extensive supply network has been carried out
over many years. Our supply partners have been evaluated and selected on the basis of:
reliability, quality of product, technical support, cost-effectiveness and responsiveness
to client needs.

Logistics
We have the logistical knowledge and experience to transport steel and associated
materials to all on-site and off-site warehouses and storage locations worldwide.

We have a detailed understanding of land, sea and air transport and insurance, as well
as the ablitity to deal with complex import and customs requirements and negotiations.

And we don’t leave deadlines to chance — we see expediting as a critical part of


what we do.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Warehousing

Atlas Steels can provide all storage and warehousing infrastructure and personnel on
and off-site – throughout the life of the project.

Running a network of warehouses across Australia and New Zealand means that we
understand the importance of the right materials reaching the right yard, and
appropriate storage that prevents substitution.

Where appropriate, we will offer you the use of an existing Atlas warehouse
infrastructure, as well as access to supplier warehouses and stock.

Management

We have more than 70 years of experience in getting materials from the mill to the
end-user economically, at just the right time, and meeting clients’ quality expectations.

We manage all materials certification and tracking, backed by proven quality assurance
processes. Document control is one of the main components of our support activity. SAP
6 is our IT platform, but we also have the flexibility to integrate into any existing client IT
S11 system.

We proactively drive each project. We don’t leave timely delivery to chance. Expediting is
a key part of our service, and conducting regular review meetings means that we keep
you informed as to the progress of your project.

Strong relationships with our supply network mean we can also quickly source additional
materials should project requirements suddenly change.

The Right People

The Atlas Steels team comprises experienced specialists in sales, operations, marketing,
procurement and project management.

Our people possess strong technical knowledge, and they understand the specific
requirements of owners, engineering contractors, consultants and construction
contractors involved in major projects.

We have fostered the development of a talented pool of project managers who work
closely with clients on day to day project implementation.

A Wealth of Project Experience

Atlas Steels has impressive project experience with key industrial and resources markets,
including: Oil and Gas, Mining and Minerals Infrastructure, Energy and Water,
Pharmaceuticals, Food and Beverage, Transportation, Defence and Petrochemicals. For
the most recent project reference list, please contact us.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 11: PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES: ATLAS PROJECT SERVICES

Typical products sourced for projects


S10S Sheet Tube and Pipe and
Product Plate Bar
coil strip Fittings fittings

Stainless steel – Ferritic � � � � �


– Austenitic � � � � �
– AtlasCR12 � � �
– Duplex � � � � �
– Super austenitic � � � � �
– Super duplex � � � � �
– Martensitic � �
Carbon steel � � � � �
Low alloy steel � � �
Nickel alloys � � � � �
Copper-nickel alloys � � � �
Aluminium � � �
Titanium alloys � � � 7
Q&T steels � S11

Contact the nearest Atlas Steels branch (ref back cover) for your
projects needs.

Printed July 2010 www.atlasteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
Appendices

12
Appendices

Photography courtesy of Macweld and Stoddart.


www.atlasste els.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Product specifications
Stainless steel wire
Standard Description
ASTM A313 Chromium-nickel stainless and heat resisting steel spring wire.
ASTM A493 Stainless and heat resisting steel for cold heading and cold forging wire.
ASTM A580 Stainless and heat resisting steel wire.
ASTM A581 Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.
ASTM A555/A555M General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel wire and wire rods.
JIS G4309 Stainless steel wires.
JIS G4314 Stainless steel wires for springs.
Welding wire

AWS A5.4 Specification for covered corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel
welding electrodes.
AWS A5.9 Specification for corrosion resisting chromium and chromium-nickel steel bare and
composite metal cored and stranded welding electrodes and welding rods.

Stainless steel bar


Standard Description
ASTM A276 Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.
3
ASTM A564/A564M Hot rolled and cold finished age-hardening stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes.
S12
ASTM A582 Free machining stainless and heat resisting steel bars and hot rolled or cold finished.
ASTM A193/A193M Alloy steels and stainless steel bolting materials for high temperature service.
ASTM A194/A194M Carbon and alloy steel nuts for bolts for high pressure and high temperature service.
ASTM A320/A320M Alloy steel bolting materials for low temperature service.
ASTM A453/A453M Bolting materials, high temperature 345 to 827MPa yield strength with expansion
co-efficients comparable to austenitic steels.
ASTM A479/A479M Stainless and heat resisting steel bars and shapes for use in boilers and other pressure vessels.
ASTM A484/A484M General requirements for stainless and heat resisting steel bars, billets and forgings.
EN 10088-3 Stainless steels – Part 3: Technical delivery conditions for semi-finished products, bars,
rods and sections for general purposes.

Stainless steel hollow bar


Standard Description
ASTM A511 Seamless stainless steel mechanical tubing.
ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy tubes.
DIN 17 456 General purpose seamless circular stainless steel tubes – ferritic and austenitic.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Stainless steel flat product


Standard Description
ASTM A167 Stainless and heat resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A176 Stainless and heat resisting chromium steel plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A240/A240M Chromium and chromium-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet and strip for pressure
vessels and general applications.
ASTM A263 Corrosion resisting chromium steel clad plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A264 Stainless chromium-nickel steel clad plate, sheet and strip.
ASTM A265 Nickel and nickel base alloy clad steel plate.
ASTM A666 Austenitic stainless steel sheet, strip, plate and flat bar for structural applications.
ASTM A480/A480M General requirements for flat rolled stainless and heat resisting steel plate, sheet and strip.
EN 10088-2 Stainless steels – Part 2: Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate and strip for general
purposes.
Higher austenitic

ASTM B625 UNS N08904 plate, sheet and strip.

Stainless steel pipe


Standard Description
ASTM A312/A312M Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel pipe.
ASTM A358/A358M Electric-Fusion-Welded (EFW) austenitic chromium-nickel alloy steel pipe for high temperature
service.
ASTM A409/A409M Welded large diameter austenitic steel pipe for corrosive or high temperature service.
ASTM A731/A731M Seamless and welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel pipe.
ASTM A790/A790M Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel pipe.

4 ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes.
S12 ASTM A530/A530M General requirements for specialised carbon and alloy steel pipe.
ASTM A999/A999M General requirements for alloy and stainless steel pipe.
JIS G3459 Stainless steel pipes.
ANSI/ASME B36.19M Stainless steel pipe.
Higher austenitic
ASTM B673 UNS N08904 welded pipe.
ASTM B677 UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.

Low alloy steel bar


Standard Description
AS 1444 Wrought alloy steels – standard and hardenability (H) series and hardened and tempered to
designated mechanical strengths.
ASTM A331 Steel bars, alloy, cold finished.
ASTM A434 Steel bars, alloy, hot wrought or cold finished, quenched and tempered.
ASTM A29/A29M Steel bars, carbon and alloy, hot wrought and cold finished; general requirements.
ASTM A304 Steel bars, alloy, subject to end quench hardenability requirements.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Stainless steel pipe fittings and flanges


Standard Description
ASTM A182/A182M Forged or rolled alloy steel pipe flanges, forged fittings and valves and parts for high
temperature service.
ASTM A403/A403M Wrought austenitic stainless steel piping fittings.
ASTM A815/A815M Wrought ferritic, ferritic/austenitic and martensitic stainless steel piping fittings.
AS 2129 Flanges for pipes, valves and fittings.
ASME B1.20.1 Pipe threads, general purpose (inch).
ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings.
ANSI B16.9 Factory-made wrought steel butt-welding fittings.
ANSI B16.11 Forged steel fittings socket-welding and threaded.
ANSI B16.25 Butt-welding ends.
MSS SP43 Wrought stainless steel butt-welding fittings.
BS21 BSP Threading - refer also AS ISO 7-1
ISO 4144 Stainless steel fittings threaded to ISO 7-1.

Stainless steel tube and fittings


Standard Description
ASTM A213/A213M Seamless ferritic and austenitic alloy steel boiler, superheater and heat exchanger tubes.
ASTM A249/A249M Welded austenitic steel boiler, superheater, heat exchanger and condenser tubes.
ASTM A269 Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel tubing for general purposes.
ASTM A270 Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing.
ASTM A450/A450M General requirements for carbon, ferritic alloy and austenitic alloy steel tubes. 5
ASTM A554 Welded stainless steel mechanical tubing. S12

ASTM A791/A791M Welded unannealed ferritic stainless steel tubing.


ASTM A789/A789M Seamless and welded ferritic/austenitic stainless steel tubing for general service.
AS 1163 Structural steel hollow sections (dimensional tolerances).
AS 1528, Parts 1 to 4 Tubes (stainless steel) and tube fittings for the food industry.
Higher austenitic
ASTM B674 UNS N08904 welded tube.
ASTM B677 UNS N08904 seamless pipe and tube.

Carbon and alloy steel hollow bar


Standard Description
ASTM A519 Seamless carbon and alloy steel mechanical tubing.
ISO 2938 Hollow bars for machining.
DIN 1629 Seamless circular unalloyed steel tubes – special purposes.

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 12: APPENDICES: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Carbon steel bar products


Standard Description
AS 1442 Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels – hot rolled bars and semi-finished product.
AS 1443 Carbon steels and carbon manganese steels – cold finished bars.
ASTM A576 Steel bars, carbon, hot wrought, special quality.
JIS G4051 Carbon steels for machine structural use.

Carbon steel pipe, tube and fittings


Standard Description
ASTM A179/A179M Seamless cold drawn low alloy steel heat exchanger and condenser tubes.
API 5L Line pipe.
ASTM A53M Black and zinc coated welded and seamless steel pipe.
ASTM A106M Seamless carbon steel pipe for high temperature service.
ASTM A105M Carbon steel forgings for piping applications.
ASTM A234M Piping fittings of wrought carbon steel and alloy steel for moderate and high temperature service.
BS 3799 Steel pipe fittings, screwed and socket welding for the petroleum industry.
AS 1163 Structural steel hollow sections.
AS 1074 Steel tubes and tubular for ordinary service.
BS 13872 Screwed and socketed steel tube and tubulars.
EN 10241 Steel threaded pipe fittings.
ASME B36.10M Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe.
6
S12

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL
SECTION 12: APPENDICES: GRADE COLOUR CODES

Grade Colour Codes


Grade Colour Codes
Grade colour codes
Stainless steels Alloy steels Carbon steels
Grade Colour Grade Colour Grade Colour Grade Colour
303 Light blue AtlasCR12 No colour 4140 Blue+green U1004 No colour
304 Lilac 409 Blue X4150 Hot pink+green 1010 Black
304L Aqua green 410 Grey 4340 Orange+green 1020 Yellow
310 Brown 416 Beige En25 Green+green 1030 White
316 Dark green 420 Hot pink En26 Black+green 1040 Tan
316L Orange 430 White 4620 Grey+red 1045 Green
321 Black 431 Red 8620 White+red X1112 Light green
253MA Serpentine 440C Yellow 17CrNiMo6 Black+red 1146 Orange
2205 Lime green 630 (17/4PH) Sunflower En36A Red+red 1214 Hot pink
En39B Yellow+red 12L14 Purple

7
S12

Printed July 2010 www.atlassteels.com.au


www.atlasste els.com.au
www.atlassteels.com.au
ATLAS STEELS – PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL

Distribution Locations

VICTORIA NORTHERN TERRITORY NEW ZEALAND


Melbourne Darwin Auckland
13-23 Lynch Road Lot 2847, Pruen Road 66 Harris Road
BROOKLYN VIC 3012 BERRIMAH NT 0828 EAST TAMAKI
Telephone: (03) 9272 9999 Telephone: (08) 8947 2717 Telephone: (09) 634 0179
Facsimile: (03) 9272 9950 Facsimile: (08) 8947 4010 Facsimile: (09) 634 0172
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au Email: ntsales@atlassteels.com.au Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Shepparton WESTERN AUSTRALIA
14 McHarry Place Christchurch
SHEPPARTON VIC 3630 Perth 17 Hammersmith Drive
Telephone: (03) 5831 5499 407 Victoria Road SOCKBURN
Facsimile: (03) 5831 7955 MALAGA WA 6090 Telephone: (03) 977 9000
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au Telephone: (08) 9209 9699 Facsimile: (03) 977 9001
Sales Fax: (08) 9249 2644 Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Wodonga Email: wasales@atlassteels.com.au
16 Moloney Drive
WODONGA VIC 3690 Kalgoorlie Dunedin
Telephone: (02) 6056 7211 Lot 117 Kinclaven Way 8 Kitchener Street
Facsimile: (02) 6056 7944 WEST KALGOORLIE WA 6430 DUNEDIN
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au Telephone: (08) 9022 3911 Telephone: (03) 477 2793
Facsimile: (08) 9022 3955 Facsimile: (03) 477 1383
TASMANIA Email: wasales@atlassteels.com.au Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Launceston QUEENSLAND
2-4 Derby Street Wellington
MOWBRAY TAS 7248 Brisbane
2-14 Port Road
Telephone: (03) 6326 6055 40 Coulson Street
SEAVIEW, LOWER HUTT
Facsimile: (03) 6326 6145 WACOL QLD 4076
Telephone: (04) 568 3109
Email: vicsales@atlassteels.com.au Telephone: (07) 3246 9999
Facsimile: (04) 568 5236
Sales: (07) 3246 9988
NEW SOUTH WALES Email: nzsales@atlassteels.co.nz
Facsimile: (07) 3246 9966
Email: qldsales@atlassteels.com.au
Sydney
41 Lyn Parade Gladstone
PRESTONS NSW 2170 15 Bassett Street
Telephone: (02) 9825 7500 GLADSTONE QLD 4680
Facsimile: (02) 9825 7510 Telephone: (07) 4976 9088
Email: nswsales@atlassteels.com.au Facsimile: (07) 4976 9544
Email: gladstonesales@atlassteels.com.au
Newcastle
12 Pippita Close Mackay
BERESFIELD NSW 2322 42A Commercial Avenue
Telephone: (02) 4922 5566 PAGET QLD 4740
Facsimile: (02) 4922 5565 Telephone: (07) 4952 3455
Email: nswsales@atlassteels.com.au Facsimile: (07) 4952 3378
Email: mackaysales@atlassteels.com.au
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Townsville
Adelaide
27– 41 Toll Street
9 Capelli Road
BOHLE QLD 4818
WINGFIELD SA 5013
Telephone: (07) 4774 7316
Telephone: (08) 8359 1100
Facsimile: (07) 4774 7304
Facsimile: (08) 8359 1122
Email: townsvillesales@atlassteels.com.au
Email: sasales@atlassteels.com.au

STRONG IN STEELS SINCE 1939